Download Module 5 - The Indonesian Way

The Indonesian Way
5
Module 5 – An Interview for a Job
George Quinn & Uli Kozok
License
“The Indonesian Way” by George Quinn and Uli Kozok is licensed under a Creative Commons
“Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0)” license.
Under the license you are free to:
●
●
Share — copy and redistribute the material in any medium or format
Adapt — remix, transform, and build upon the material
Under the following terms:
➢
➢
➢
Attribution — You must give appropriate credit, provide a link to the license, and
indicate if changes were made. You may do so in any reasonable manner, but not in
any way that suggests the licensor endorses you or your use.
NonCommercial — You may not use the material for commercial purposes.
ShareAlike — If you remix, transform, or build upon the material, you must distribute
your contributions under the same license as the original.
Please note that the license covers the text and the sound files, but excludes the illustrations.
Date of Last Revision: 28 April 2016
The development of “The Indonesian Way” was sponsored by grant P017A090375-10 from the US Department of
Education, International Research and Studies Program.
The development of the print version was made possible by a grant received from the University of Tasmania.
Indonesian Online
«The Indonesian Way» is a great resource for learning Indonesian. However, once in a while it
may be good to use some alternative materials. At «Indonesian Online» you will find additional
learning resources using authentic texts, film, and even comic strips. Most materials at «Indonesian Online» were developed by Prof. U. Kozok, who is co-author of «The Indonesian Way».
«Indonesian Online» provides you with hundreds of hours of high-quality learning resources for
the Indonesian language.
http://indonesian-online.com
Module 5
An Interview for a Job
The main aim of Module 5 is to provide you with the vocabulary, sentence shells and cultural
skills that will enable you to talk about education and work, ask and answer questions about
these topics, and express a variety of opinions about them. The module will also help you consolidate the skill studied in Module 4 of engaging in debate. By reading a short story and a number
of shorter reading passages you will make a start on the development of reading skills.
There is special emphasis in the module on gaining a command of verbs that begin with the
me- prefix. You will learn the names of occupations and subjects of study. You will also get more
practice in expressing opinions and preferences. The module provides some basic information
about Indonesia’s education system. It will show you how to use an Indonesian dictionary and
how to format a business letter. You will also learn how to pronounce the letters of the alphabet
and you will get to know a number of very commonly used abbreviations.
In the culminating role play you will practise taking part in an interview for a job.
Indonesian Online
«The Indonesian Way» is a great resource for learning Indonesian. However, once in a while it
may be good to use some alternative materials. At «Indonesian Online» you will find additional
learning resources using authentic texts, film, and even comic strips. Most materials at «Indonesian Online» were developed by Prof. U. Kozok, who is co-author of «The Indonesian Way».
«Indonesian Online» provides you with hundreds of hours of high-quality learning resources for
the Indonesian language.
http://indonesian-online.com
1
Lesson 60
60 Tentang Kata Kerja
Aims
• To provide some basic information on the verb system of Indonesian, focusing on
transitive verbs and giving practice in the analysis and formation of transitive verbs.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
memakai
to use, wear
menunggu
to wait
membantu
to assist
merusak
to damage, destroy
memelihara
to take care of
menolong
to help
mengajar
to teach
ujian
examination
menjadi
to be, to become
Rambu di Jalan Raya Bahasa
An Overview of Indonesian Verbs
Probably no feature of Indonesian is more difficult for foreign learners
than verbs, so at this point we are going to pause to take stock of what
has already been presented on verbs, and we will add more information
about them.
The discussion that follows is a little technical in places, but don’t
worry if you don’t take it all in at first reading. It is given here more for
the sake of completeness than because it is absolutely essential for
mastering the language. After all, there are well over 200 million Indonesians who speak their language perfectly, mostly without any self-aware knowledge of its grammar, and in theory you can
too. Nevertheless, many students of Indonesian do find that an understanding of the grammatical
system can sometimes help improve fluency, correctness and expressiveness. But knowledge of
the grammatical system of a language can only complement and never substitute for accurate imitation of models and memorable repetition as tools for the attainment of practical correctness
and fluency.
You have already noticed that words in Indonesian are either single, indivisible forms (single
morphemes or free morphemes) that stand on their own and don’t change their form, or they are
“divisible” and can be broken up into a base word and one or more affixes (multiple morphemes).
Lesson 60
Some examples of the former category — the “nude” words of Indonesian — are:
mau, makan, rumah, kuning, pandai, telepon, mobil, pensil, komputer
Examples of the latter category — the “clothed” words of Indonesian — are:
berjalan, makanan, buah-buahan, membaca, perpustakaan, menarik
The words above belong to various parts of speech: nouns, verbs and adjectives. In this lesson
we are looking for the moment at verbs only.
So far you have met three kinds of verb:
1. Helper verbs or auxiliary verbs
These are verbs that sometimes occur on their own, but more usually occur immediately in
front of another verb. They function to give an extra dimension of meaning to the second verb, especially by showing some aspect of how the doer of the action does the action or relates to the
action expressed in the second verb. Examples of helper verbs are:
dapat, suka, boleh, bisa, mau, mulai, ingin, harus, ikut, pandai
Helper verbs have only one form, and they never change form. So they are “nude” words, or
single indivisible morphemes.
Study these examples. The helper verbs are in italics.
Kami suka makan di Rumah Makan Kartika.
We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant.
Apakah Ibu Prawoto ikut makan nanti malam?
Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight?
Maaf, saya kurang pandai menulis dalam bahasa Cina.
Sorry, I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese.
Mereka tidak dapat datang.
They can’t come.
Biasanya mahasiswa tidak mau masuk kuliah pada malam hari.
Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night.
Saya sudah mulai belajar Ilmu Kimia.
I have begun to study Chemistry.
2. Intransitive verbs.
I suppose you could say that an intransitive verb is one that “looks back” in the sense that it
relates back to the doer of the action and not to anyone or anything else. In other words it signifies an action that is done by someone or something, but it is not done to anyone or anything. An
example of an intransitive verb in English is the verb “to die”. You can say:
“She died.”
But you cannot say:
*“She died her husband.”
Intransitive verbs take several forms in Indonesian. Some are single morphemes, others have
prefixes. Some examples of single-morpheme intransitive verbs are:
Lesson 60
setuju, mandi, tidur, bangun, pergi, datang, terbang, masuk, duduk, kawin
Other intransitive verbs consist of a base word plus an affix. The most common affix on intransitive verbs is the prefix ber-, in fact most (but not all) words that have a ber- prefix on them
are intransitive verbs.
berjalan, berhenti, beristirahat, berubah, berlibur, bermain, berbicara
A complicating factor here is that sometimes the ber- prefix is dropped, especially if you are
speaking rapidly or informally. Compare these pairs of sentences. Each pair has basically the
same meaning and both sentences are 100% correct, but the first is formal and the second informal.
Saya ingin berjalan kaki saja.
Aku kepengin jalan kaki aja.
I’d prefer to just walk.
Sesudah beristirahat dia mandi
Sesudah istirahat dia mandi.
After taking a rest she had a bath.
Pada hari Sabtu pagi biasanya saya bermain golf.
Sabtu pagi biasanya aku main golf.
I usually play golf on Saturday mornings.
There are also some intransitive verbs that have a me- prefix. You have already met one or two
of them.
Apakah Anda pandai menyanyi?
Are you any good at singing?
Katanya mereka akan menikah.
I’ve heard they’re going to get married.
Gunung Merapi meletus kemarin.
Mount Merapi erupted yesterday.
Di mana Anda mengajar?
Where do you teach?
Lesson 60
3. Transitive verbs
If an intransitive verb is one that “looks back”, a transitive verb is one that “looks forward” in
the sense that it signifies an action that is done to someone or something.
You have seen that the English verb “to die” is intransitive. An example of a transitive verb in
English is “to fell”. In English you can say:
“She felled the tree.”
But unlike “She died” we cannot say:
*“She felled.”
Actually, verbs like “to fell” are a bit of a rarity in English. As you can see, it cannot be intransitive. But most verbs in English can be either transitive or intransitive, and what’s more they look
the same whether they are transitive or intransitive. Take, for example, the verb “to stop”. You can
say:
“The bus stopped.”
Here the verb “to stop” is intransitive because it is simply signifying an action and it is “looking
back” at the doer of the action, the bus. But “to stop” can also be used transitively.
“He thought he could get away with it, but I stopped him.”
In the latter sentence the verb “to stop” is looking forward, indicating that something was done
to “him”. So far so good. Now let’s turn to transitive verbs in Indonesian.
In this module we are concerned with transitive verbs that have a me- prefix on the front of
them.
If a verb has a me- prefix this indicates two things. First, the verb is most likely transitive (the
number of intransitive me- verbs is relatively small). So it has a receiver (often called the goal). The
receiver is on the receiving end of the action expressed in the verb. Second, there is an emphasis,
or focus, in the sentence on the doer of the action, often called by grammarians the actor. What
this means is, in a subtle way, the doer of the action is in clear focus in the mind of the speaker,
whereas the receiver of the action is a bit vague. Take this example.
Pak Sukamtono memukul anjing.
Mr Sukamtono hit the dog.
In this sentence it is clear who the doer of the action is. In the context of the “text” from which
this sentence has been lifted, we can assume that there has been previous mention of Pak
Sukamtono. The speaker knows who he is. He is in sharp, unambiguous focus. But the receiver of
the action (anjing) is not so clear. Yes, we know it is a dog, but one dog? ... or dogs in general? ...
or any old dog? ... or a particular dog? It is not so clear.
So this sentence has a focus on the hitter of the dog, the doer of the action. The grammar of
Indonesian requires this “actor focus” to be expressed by attaching a me- prefix to the front of the
base form of the transitive verb.
The transitive verb here is -pukul (to hit). In its actor focus form this verb assumes the form
memukul. You will see that the me- prefix seems to “fuse” with the base word pukul, melting
the /p/ of -pukul and turning it into a nasal sound, an /m/. This nasal sound takes a variety of
forms, but grammarians usually represent it generically with a capital “N” (standing for “nasalised
assimilation”). So in grammatical descriptions the me- prefix, when it is written on its own, is usually written meN-, where /N/ could be any one of four nasalised consonant sounds, /m/, /n/, /ny/
and /ng/, depending on the first sound in the base form of the verb.
Lesson 60
You have already met and used some actor focus transitive verbs. Study these examples. The
transitive verb is in italics.
Saya suka menonton televisi.
I like watching television
Dia akan mengambil uang di bank.
She’s going to get some money at the bank.
Saya selalu membeli surat kabar.
I always buy a newspaper.
Kami tidak melihat Anda di pasar.
We didn’t see you at the market.
Katanya, Pak Hasan sudah menulis buku.
I’ve heard that Mr Hasan has written a book.
Anda harus dapat memakai kata kerja dengan baik.
You’ve got to be able to use verbs properly.
Sebaiknya mencuci pakaian sebelum siang hari.
It’s best to wash clothes before the middle of the day.
The verbs in these sentences consist of a prefix and a base word. The prefix fuses, or “assimilates”, to the base word in some way. So the verbs can be analysed as follows.
menonton consists of meN- + -tonton
mengambil consists of meN- + -ambil
membeli consists of meN- + -beli
melihat consists of me- + -lihat
menulis consists of meN- + -tulis
memakai consists of meN- + -pakai
mencuci consists of meN- + -cuci
Some base words that begin with “m” often (a few verbs even always) avoid attaching the initial meN- prefix when they function as a transitive verb. The most common of these are minta,
minum, makan, mohon, mulai, and masak:
Biasanya mereka makan nasi goreng pada pagi hari. (not memakan)
They usually have fried rice for breakfast.
Boleh saya minta teh? (usually minta but sometimes meminta)
Could you give me some tea? (Literally: “May I request tea?”)
Apakah Anda mau minum kopi? (not meminum)
Would you like to drink coffee?
Dia mulai perjalanannya di Padang. (also fairly commonly memulai)
She began her journey in Padang.
Mereka tidak mau mohon maaf. (usually mohon but sometimes memohon)
They didn’t want to apologise. (Literally: “to ask for forgiveness”)
Dia masak ayam dan sayur-sayuran. (sometimes memasak)
She cooked chicken and vegetables.
Lesson 60
The meN- prefix is attached or assimilated to the base word in a variety of ways depending on
the initial sound in the base word. Let’s review this briefly. Here are the main rules.
1. If the base word begins with a vowel, the meN- prefix is fused on to the base word with a
/ng/ sound. For example:
-ambil ð mengambil (to take)
-ajar ð mengajar (to teach)
2. If the base word begins with the consonant /b/ the meN- prefix is fused on to it with the
sound /m/. For example:
-buka ð membuka (to open)
-baca ð membaca (to read)
-bawa ð membawa (to bring, carry)
-buat ð membuat (to make)
-beli ð membeli (to buy)
-bantu ð membantu (to assist)
3. If the base word begins with the consonant /p/ the meN- prefix is fused on with the
sound /m/. In addition, the /p/ in the base word merges with the prefix and disappears. For example:
-pakai ð memakai (to use, wear)
-pilih ð memilih (to choose, select)
-panggil ð memanggil (to call, summon)
-pelihara ð memelihara (to nourish, take care of, keep)
-pimpin ð memimpin (to lead, guide)
BUT NOTE this common exception: -punyai ð mempunyai (also note that punya never becomes *memunya!. You can only use punya or the more formal variant mempunyai).
4. If the base word begins with the consonants /d/, /j/ or /c/ the meN- prefix is fused on to it
with the sound /n/. For example:
Lesson 60
-dapat ð mendapat (to get, obtain)
-dengar ð mendengar (to hear)
-cari ð mencari (to search, seek)
-coba ð mencoba (to try, endeavour)
-cuci ð mencuci (to wash)
-jual ð menjual (to sell)
-jadi ð menjadi (to become)
5. If the base word begins with the consonant /t/ the meN- prefix is fused on to it with the
sound /n/. In addition the initial /t/ of the base word merges with the prefix and disappears. For
example:
-tarik ð menarik (to pull, attract, attractive, interesting)
-tutup ð menutup (to close)
-terima ð menerima (to receive)
-tulis ð menulis (to write)
-tolong ð menolong (to help)
-tunggu ð menunggu (to wait)
6. If the base word begins with the consonants /g/ or /h/ the meN- prefix fuses on to it with the
sound /ng/. For example:
-goreng ð menggoreng (to fry)
-hitung ð menghitung (to count)
7. If the base word begins with the consonant /k/ the meN- prefix fuses on to it with the
sound /ng/. In addition the initial /k/ of the base word merges with the prefix and disappears. For
example:
-kirim ð mengirim (to send)
-katakan ð mengatakan (to say)
8. If the base word begins with the consonant /s/ the meN- prefix is fused on to it with a /ny/
sound. In addition the /s/ sound in the base word merges with the prefix and disappears. For example:
-simpan ð menyimpan (to store, file)
-senangkan ð menyenangkan (to please, pleasant)
9. If the base word begins with the consonants /l/, /m/, /n/, /r/, /w/ and /y/ the meN- prefix attaches straight on the front end of the base word without any assimilation or “glue”. For example:
-lihat ð melihat (to see)
-mulai ð memulai (to start)
-nikah ð menikah (to marry)
-rasa ð merasa (to feel)
-wakili ð mewakili (to represent)
-yakinkan ð meyakinkan (to convince, convincing)
Mohon Perhatian!!
The prefix ber-, which is usually a marker of an intransitive verb, attaches directly on
the front of a base word without any assimilation or fusion. Here are some
examples:
-ubah ð berubah
-temu ð bertemu
-asal ð berasal
-dansa ð berdansa
Lesson 60
-belanja ð berbelanja
-cakap-cakap ð bercakap-cakap
-henti ð berhenti
But in a few special cases some assimilation takes places. The /r/ in ber- may change to /l/ or
disappear altogether. For example:
-ajar ð belajar
-kerja ð bekerja
-renang ð berenang
Mohon Perhatian!!
Sometimes a base word may even have yet another affix on it. One example that has appeared
already in the course is the verb memperbaiki (to “make good” i.e. to repair). This is built up from
the adjective baik (good) that produces the base word –perbaiki to which the me- prefix can be attached.
Indonesian is an agglutinative language in which complex affixation plays an important role, not
only in the verb system, but in other parts of speech too. Informal and slangy speech often radically simplifies – even eliminates altogether – this affixation, but for a sophisticated command of
the formal language you need to get used to manipulating affixes easily and automatically.
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. memakai
a. to help someone, to assist
2. membantu
b. to keep (as a pet, domestic animal)
3. memelihara
c. to use or wear something
4. menjadi
d. examination (in school/academic sense)
5. menunggu
e. to wait for (something/someone)
6. merusak
f. to become, to be
7. tolong
g. please (help me)
8. ujian
h. to damage or destroy something
Lesson 60
Latihan 2—Menyimak
Listen to Sound File 060-01. The sentences below are out of order. Order them in accord
with the order in the sound file.
Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight?
They can’t come.
1
We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant.
Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night.
Sorry, I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese.
Are you any good at singing?
I have begun to study Chemistry.
He enjoys cooking.
I’ve heard they’re going to get married.
They didn’t want to apologise.
These children can’t read or write yet.
She cooked chicken and vegetables.
She began her journey in Padang.
They usually have fried rice for breakfast.
Latihan 3—Base Words
For each word, write the base word. For example, the base word for memukul is pukul.
menerima
membuka
mengantar
membaca
mengatur
membawa
menggoreng
membuat
menghitung
membeli
mengirim
membantu
mengisi
memakai
menutup
memilih
menyimpan
memanggil
mengambil
memelihara
mengajar
memimpin
Lesson 60
Latihan 4—The me(N) Prefix
For each base word, write the word with the meN- prefix. For pukul, write memukul.
ambil
cari
ajar
senangkan
jual
tolong
coba
panggil
dengar
terima
lihat
tutup
simpan
pimpin
baca
pilih
buat
pelihara
dapat
cuci
rasa
rusak
goreng
tarik
bantu
tulis
beli
tunggu
bawa
hitung
kirim
jadi
katakan
pakai
Latihan 5—Rangkai Kata
Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti:
1. “Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night.”
Biasanya—kuliah—mau—ikut—pada—malam—tidak—mahasiswa—hari.
2. “We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant.”
Kami—di—Restoran—makan—suka—Kartika.
3. “She’s going to get some money at the bank.”
Dia—mengambil—di—uang—akan—bank.
4. “It’s best to wash clothes before the middle of the day.”
Sebaiknya—mencuci—pakaian—siang—sebelum—hari.
5. “They usually have fried rice for breakfast.”
Biasanya—pada—goreng—makan—mereka—pagi—nasi—hari.
Lesson 60
Latihan 6—Me(N)- Prefix I
In the space in each sentence write a verb with a properly attached meN- prefix. The base
form of the verb is given in brackets at the end of the sentence. For example, if the base
word is beli, write membeli in the blanks.
1. Sebelum pergi ke pesta, dia ___________ pakaian baru. [beli]
2. Dia tidak ___________ komputer. Dia ___________ pena atau pensil. [pakai]
3. Mengapa teman saya tidak ___________ surat? [tulis]
4. Ia ___________ bahwa ibunya sedang sakit. [katakan]
5. Tadi ia pergi ke kantor pos untuk ___________ surat kepada ibunya. [kirim]
6. Maaf, saya belum ___________ kursi di kamar duduk. [atur]
7. Tolong, Pak! Apakah Bapak bisa ___________ uang ini? [hitung]
8. Dia ___________ sedih sesudah pulang dari ujian. [rasa]
9. Sukartini sudah ___________ uang itu di bank. [simpan]
10. Pak Bintoro sudah tidak lagi ___________ matematika sekarang. [ajar]
11. Mereka ___________ saya ke perpustakaan. [antar]
12. Apakah Anda sudah ___________ uang dari kantor? [terima]
13. Yulie tidak mau ___________ polisi. Dia mau ___________ guru. [jadi]
14. Mau makan? Baik! Saya akan ___________ telur untuk Anda. [goreng]
15. Mereka pergi ke sana, tetapi mereka tidak ___________ apa-apa. [lihat]
16. Sudah jam sembilan! Mengapa Anda belum ___________ piring? [cuci]
17. Kita tidak boleh ___________ hutan dan sungai. [rusak]
18. Saya akan ___________ pintu depan. Dingin! [tutup]
19. Apakah Anda dapat ___________ saya? [tolong]
20. Kami sudah ___________ Anda selama tiga jam! [tunggu]
Lesson 60
Latihan 7—Me(N)- Prefix II
Fill the blanks in each group of sentences with one of the me- verbs listed below so that you
produce sentences that make good sense. There are ten verbs listed, one for each group of
sentences. To complete the exercise correctly make sure you have a good understanding of
each sentence so that you choose the right me- verb to complete it: memakai—memanggil
—memukul—mengantar—menerima—mengatakan—mengirim—menggoreng—menutup—
menyimpan
1. Dalam suratnya ia ___________ bahwa uangnya sudah habis. Tetapi ia tidak _____ bahwa ia
ingin pulang.
2. Dia tidak suka alat-alat modern. Dia masih ___________ pena dan pensil. Dia tidak mau
___________ komputer atau HP!
3. Mengapa, hah? Mengapa Anda ___________ anak itu? Saya tidak setuju. Anda tidak boleh
___________ anak kecil!
4. Pagi hari saya ___________ mereka ke Borobudur. Siang hari saya ___________ mereka ke
Prambanan. Tetapi tidak ada waktu untuk ___________ mereka ke Parangtritis.
5. Andi ___________ pintu depan dan pintu belakang tetapi dia tidak ___________ jendela. Nah...
penjahat itu masuk lewat jendela.
6. Saya selalu hati-hati. Saya ___________ uang di bank. Saya tidak pernah ___________ uang di
bawah tempat tidur.
7. Ibu Danoyo sedang sedih. Dia ___________ hadiah dari kakaknya, adiknya, anaknya dan temannya. Tetapi ia tidak ___________ hadiah dari suaminya.
8. Aduh! Orang tua saya ___________ surat dengan banyak berita, tetapi mereka tidak
___________ uang.
9. Anda boleh saja ___________ daging ayam itu, tetapi jangan ___________ sayur-sayuran!
10. Saya masih muda. Mengapa Anda ___________ saya ‘Ibu’? Lebih baik Anda ___________
saya Yanti saja.
Lesson 60
Latihan 8—Auxiliary (Helper) Verbs
These are verbs that sometimes occur on their own, but more usually occur immediately in
front of another verb. They function to give an extra dimension of meaning to the second verb, especially by showing some aspect of how the doer of the action does the action or relates to the
action expressed in the second verb. Match each Indonesian word to the English definition.
ingin
to like
mau
to be good at
suka
can, able to
dapat
to come along, follow
bisa
to begin
ikut
to want
harus
to wish/want
pandai
may
mulai
must, have to
boleh
can
Latihan 9—Kata Kerja Intransitif
Intransitive verbs take several forms in Indonesian. Some are single morphemes, others have
affixes. The most common affix on intransitive verbs is the prefix ber-. In fact most words that
have a ber- prefix on them are intransitive verbs. Match each Indonesian word to the English
definition.
setuju
to take a bath
duduk
to sit, to sit down
mandi
to sleep
kawin
to get/be married
tidur
to wake up
berjalan
to stop
bangun
to go (away)
berhenti
to play
pergi
to come
beristirahat
to walk, travel, to go
datang
to agree
bermain
to speak
terbang
to fly
berbicara
to rest, to take a break
masuk
to enter
Latihan 10—Kosa Kata
Match Indonesian word or phrase with English definition.
1. berganti
a. to hit something/someone
2. berubah
b. to change, to evolve
3. kata kerja
c. to receive or accept something
4. memukul
d. a verb
5. menerima
e. to substitute, replace, alter
Lesson 60
6. mengantar
f. to send something
7. mengatur
g. to fry something
8. menggoreng
h. to count something
9. menghitung
i. to fill something
10. mengirim
j. to arrange something
11. mengisi
k. to get married
12. menikah
l. to ask someone for s.th. (respectfully)
13. menutup
m. to take/accompany someone somewhere
14. menyimpan
n. to feel (an emotion)
15. merasa
o. to shut or close something
16. mohon
p. sad, to feel sadness
17. pena
q. to store something away
18. pensil
r. feeling, sense
19. rasa
s. pen
20. sedih
t. pencil
Latihan 11—Grammar Quiz
1. Ber- verbs are always intransitive and hence cannot take an object
A. True
B. False
2. MeN- verbs are usually transitive, but there are also a few intransitive meN- verbs.
A. True
B. False
3. “Berhenti” means “to stop”. Hence “I stop the bus” is “Saya berhenti bus”.
A. True
B. False
4. In the phrase “Saya bermain tenis” the word “tenis” is the grammatical object of the sentence.
A. True
B. False
5. The correct translation of “Bus berhenti” is “The bus stops”.
A. True
B. False
Lesson 60
Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
2.
to shut or close sth
5.
to hit sth or someone
7.
to arrange something
8.
to fill something
9.
to send something
11. to ask someone for
something (respectfully)
13. to receive sth
15. to use or wear sth
17. to take/accompany
someone somewhere
18. a feeling, a sense
19. to change or evolve
21. sad, to feel sadness
22. to count something
16.
17.
20.
examination (in school/academic sense)
to feel (an emotion)
pen
Menurun:
1.
to store sth away
3.
pencil
4.
to have one thing replaced
with another, substitute
6.
to get married
7.
to fry something
10. to keep as a pet
12. to become, to be
14. to help or assist someone
Lesson 61
61 Memakai Kamus Bahasa Indonesia
Aims
• To give more practice getting used to
using verbs with the meN- prefix.
• To describe how most Indonesian
dictionaries are organised and give
practice using a dictionary.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used
in this lesson that have appeared in previous
lessons. Make sure that you remember their
meanings.
Bagian Kamus di sebuah Toko Buku. This work by JP Esperança is licensed under a
Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivs 2.0 Generic License
jagung
corn, maize
memelihara
to take care of
memakai
to use, wear
menjadi
to be, to become
membantu
to help, assist
menunggu
to wait
membawa
to bring, carry
padi
rice plant
Rambu di Jalan Raya Bahasa
More on MeN- Verbs
In many textbooks these verbs are referred to as me-verbs, which is not
quite correct, as there is always a nasal sound (N) which glues the prefix to the
base word.
MeN- verbs have a goal, that is, the person, thing or idea that is impacted
on by the action expressed in the verb. Usually the goal is rather ill-defined or
generalised. It is something that probably hasn’t been mentioned or referred to in the preceding
part of the narrative or conversation. It is a person, thing or idea that – if we were speaking
English – might be marked by the indefinite articles “a” or “some” rather than the more specific
“the” or “that”. Savour the difference between these English sentences.
I’m going to plant some corn.
He harvested rice.
I’m going to plant the corn.
He harvested that rice.
In Indonesian you can express the ideas in the sentences on the left like this.
Lesson 61
Saya akan menanam jagung.
Dia memotong padi.
The slight vagueness of jagung and padi (we don’t know precisely where, which, how much
etc.) is expressed by making it the goal of a transitive me- verb.
But what about the sentences in the right hand column above? How do we express the greater
precision of the corn and the rice, i.e. corn and rice that has already been mentioned, and which
is therefore already relatively clear in our minds? Well, one way is to add a definite article like itu
that makes it clear we are talking about a certain (say) sack of corn seed, or (say) field of rice that
has probably already been mentioned. So we could say:
Saya akan menanam jagung itu.
Dia memotong padi itu.
But more usually, definiteness in the goal of an action is expressed through the passive form of
a transitive verb:
Jagung itu akan saya tanam.
Padi itu dipotongnya.
We practise these forms of the verb (Passive Type 1 and Passive Type 2) in Modules 6 and 7.
For the moment, it is enough to be aware that, where English tends to distinguish between
definiteness and indefiniteness with articles like the, some and a, Indonesian is more complex,
tending to express the same distinction through forms of the verb and by positioning nouns at the
beginning or end of a clause/sentence, as well as by using markers of definiteness like itu.
As you have seen, English and Indonesian are dramatically different in many ways. But they are
also different in subtle ways. The various forms of the transitive verb and the expression of
definiteness and indefiniteness is just one of these subtleties.
Forming Transitive meN- Verbs
N can appear as one of the nasals m, ng, ny, n, or as zero.
p*
b
f
v
pakai
beli
fitnah
veto
memakai
membeli
memfitnah
memveto
“to use”
“to buy”
“to slander”
“to veto”
t*
d
c
j
k*
g
aei
ou
h
kirim
ganggu
mengirim
mengganggu
“to send”
“to disturb”
ambil,
ingat
mengambil
mengingat
“to take”
“to remember”
hafal
menghafal
“to memorise”
s*
sapu
menyapu
“to sweep”
tulis
dengar
cuci
jual
menulis
mendengar
mencuci
menjual
“to write”
“to hear”
“to wash”
“to sell”
l lihat
m minta
melihat
meminta
“to see”
“to request”
n
nama
menamakan “to name”
ng
ny
r
w
y
nganga
nyanyi
rangkai
wakil
yakin
menganga
menyanyi
merangkai
mewakili
meyakinkan
“to yawn”
“to sing”
“to join”
“to represent”
“to convince”
Lesson 61
Using an Indonesian Dictionary
We have referred to the notion of “nude” words and “clothed” words. These are just pop terms
for, respectively, base forms and derived forms.
Essentially, base forms are words that have affixes attached to them. Affixes are like pilot fish,
they can’t swim about independently in the great ocean of language, but have to fasten
themselves to the shark-like hulks of passing base forms. Some affixes work at the nose end (like
ber- and meN-) and some only at the tail (like -an). Others always operate as a team – two
inseparable affixes, one swimming at the nose and the other riding shotgun at the rear, like the
per- -an team in the word perpustakaan. There are even a few mysterious affixes that generations
ago wormed their way into the gut of certain base words and now, like parasites, have a
permanent home there. If you cut into these base words you can locate the affixes, like -el- in
telunjuk (index finger) and -in- in kinerja (performance, track record).
Derived forms are those that consist of a base word plus one or more affixes. As we have seen
in the case of memperbaiki, some base words may themselves have affixes in them. For example,
the derived form berhasil (successful, to succeed) consists of the base word hasil and the prefix
ber-. But berhasil can itself be a base word. With the affixes ke- and -an attached to it, it produces
the word keberhasilan (success). You should also bear in mind that in certain circumstances most
base words can also stand alone without affixes. For example, in certain contexts hasil can stand
alone (it means “result”, “outcome”).
It is important to be aware of the distinction between base forms and derived forms, because
most Indonesian dictionaries organise their head words, or main entries, according to the
alphabetical order of the first letter in base forms, not derived forms. So in most dictionaries you
won’t find the word berjalan by looking for it under “b”. You will have to identify the first letter of
its base form and look for it under that letter. With a word like berjalan there’s no great problem.
With words like melihat, merusak, and even membaca, mencuci, menggoreng and many more,
there’s also no huge problem. The base word is clear. You simply go to the base word entry in the
dictionary, and under that entry you will find all the various derivatives that can be formed by
attaching affixes to the base word concerned.
But suppose you want to look up a word in which the prefix has assimilated or “fused” with the
base form causing a change in the initial sound of the base form so that it is no longer instantly
recognisable? In such cases we have to use the rules given earlier in this lesson to do a bit of
quick detective work. Even then we may be left with two or more possible base words, so we
would have to check out each possibility until we find the right base word.
For example, supposing we want to know the
meaning of the word memukul. Looking at the
rules given in Lesson 60 we can deduce that the
base word is either mukul (see rule 9) or pukul
(see rule 3). So we check under “m” to see if there
is a base word mukul. There isn’t. So we check
under “p” for pukul. Aha! There it is.
In some instances we might have to check up
to three possible base words. Take for example
Schmidgall-Tellings (2004)
the word mengarang. Referring to our rules for the
formation of derivatives we can work out that there are three possible base words that mengarang might be formed from: ngarang, arang and karang. We would have to check each of these in
the dictionary. In this case we would find that ngarang doesn’t exist. We would find that arang
does exist but it doesn’t have a derivative mengarang. So we would be left with karang. Under the
Lesson 61
head word karang we would find a number of derivatives listed, like karangan, pengarang and
mengarang.
Let’s look at some examples of dictionaries. Here is part of the entry for membawa in A
Comprehensive Indonesian-English Dictionary by Alan Stevens and Ed Schmidgall- Tellings
(2004).
Compare this with the entry for membawa in An Indonesian-English Dictionary by John Echols
and Hassan Shadily (3rd revised edition, 1989).
An exception to this “normal” way of
organising the entries in dictionaries is George
Q u i n n ’ s The Learner’s Dictionary of Today’s
Indonesian (2001). Quinn’s dictionary organises all
main entries according to the first letter of each
word, irrespective of whether that word is a base
word or a word beginning with a prefix.
Each of the three dictionaries has a unique
approach to description of the Indonesian lexicon.
Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings’ has a finely
discriminated list of definitions – i.e. possible
English translations – for membawa. It illustrates
these with a few short sentences and phrases that
show how membawa is used in context. It also
has
information on colloquial variations of memEchols-Shadily (1989)
bawa, plus many idiomatic expressions containing
membawa. Echols and Shadily is dense with information, providing several related idiomatic
phrases under each main definition of membawa. Quinn’s dictionary has fewer definitions and no
idiomatic phrases at all, but it has longer illustratory sentences as well as some information on
pronunciation and grammar.
All three dictionaries are bilingual, but Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings’ goes in one direction only: Indonesian-toEnglish. Echols and Shadily and Quinn have English-toIndonesian sides to their dictionaries (Echols and Shadily’s
is in a separate volume). Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings, and
Echols and Shadily attempt to be comprehensive, covering
as much of the Indonesian lexicon as they can, whereas
Quinn’s is a “special purpose” dictionary concentrating on a
quite limited corpus of highly frequent Indonesian and
English words. Quinn’s has a section in which the
dictionary’s main entries are sorted into topic groups, and
notes on aspects of Indonesian culture are scattered
through the dictionary. All three dictionaries have interesting
introductions. Quinn offers a short history of the evolution of
the Indonesian language and an overview of its functions in
modern Indonesia. Echols and Shadily have a detailed
description of the sound system (phonology) of Indonesian,
and Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings focus on how to find the
base word (they call it the “root”) of derivatives.
Finally, let’s look at the entry for membawa in the Kamus
Besar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI): http://kbbi.web.id/bawa.
Quinn (2001)
Lesson 61
This is the online version of Indonesia’s semi-official dictionary published by the nation’s Pusat
Bahasa (Language Centre), an organ of the Departemen Pendidikan Nasional (Department of
National Education). The fourth edition, published in 2008, has 90,000 entries.
Even if you don’t understand everything in the Kamus Besar you will quickly see that the three
Indonesian-English dictionaries we have looked at are indebted in some degree to the Kamus Besar. As foreign learners of Indonesian you probably have little choice but to start out with an
Indonesian-English dictionary (and an English-Indonesian dictionary too, of course). But
languages are self-referential, their words construct meaning only by reference to other words in
the same language. So as soon as you can, you should let go of bilingual dictionaries and
graduate to a good Indonesian-Indonesian dictionary.
Awas!!
Jakarta-style colloquial Indonesian contains a lot of verbs that follow a slightly
different morphology. If you see a word beginning with ng, then the chance that this
is a base word is slim as very few Indonesian base words start with ng. The word
ngantuk ̒sleepy ̓ in the following banner over a toll road in Jakarta is derived from
kantuk. Instead of the formal Indonesian form mengantuk, Jasa Marga, the toll road
managing company, decided to use the more common colloquial form ngantuk to
convey the message “Burst tyres and sleepy drivers are the main causes of accidents”.
© U. Kozok
In the following list you can see how transitive N-verbs are formed Jakarta-style. The meprefix is absent, and the rules how N manifests itself are also slightly different. You may also
notice that some base words are spelled slightly differently and that suffixes -kan and -i both
become -in. As bases beginning with f and v hardly ever occur, they have been omitted here.
N can appear as one of the nasals m, ng,
ny, n, nge, or as zero.
p*
b
pake
beli
make
mbeli
“to use”
“to buy”
k*
g
aei
ou
kirim
ganggu
ngirim
ngganggu
“to send”
“to disturb”
ambil,
inget
ngambil
nginget
“to take”
“to remember”
s*
c*
sapu
cuci
nyapu
nyuci
“to sweep”
t*
d
j
tulis
denger
jual
nulis
ndenger
njual
“to write”
“to hear”
“to sell”
h
l
r
w
y
hafal
liat
rangke
wakil
yakin
ngehafal
ngeliat
ngerangke
ngewakilin
ngeyakinin
“to memorise”
“to see”
“to join”
“to represent”
“to convince”
m
n
ng
ny
minta
nama
nganga
nyanyi
minta
namain
nganga
nyanyi
“to request”
“to name”
“to yawn”
“to sing”
Lesson 61
The above list is for your reference only. You do not have to memorise it. But you should
memorise one word from the above banner, which is a very important word: ngantuk (sleepy)!
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
jagung
to keep (as a pet)
memelihara
to wait, to wait for
memakai
rice plant
menjadi
to use, wear
membantu
to take or bring
menunggu
to become, to be
padi
corn, maize
membawa
to help, assist
Latihan 2—Prenasalisation with meNAdd prefix meN- to the base words below. Note that meN- may be rendered me-, meng-,
men-, mem-, or meny- depending on the first sound of the base word. Note also that initial p, t,
and k are dropped.
ambil
bantu
sewa
cari
obral
tolong
hafal
pukul
kirim
ralat
intip
ingat
larang
dengar
datang
angkat
bayar
cegah
hajar
jadi
kenal
pasang
raba
tata
titip
nyanyi
kompas
ganti
Lesson 61
Latihan 3—meN- Verbs starting with mengAdd the prefix meN- to the following base words. The prefix meN-is rendered meng- if the
base begins with a vowel or with the sounds k, g, and h. Initial k is dropped. Some of the words
are not included in the wordlist of The Indonesian Way.
ambil
gantung
hafal
oles
kirim
elak
uji
hukum
Latihan 4—Identifying the Base Word (1)
Bearing in mind that words in most Indonesian dictionaries are arranged in alphabetical order
of the first letter of their base words, go to a comprehensive dictionary and identify the base
forms of these verbs. For each verb, write the base form. For example, the base form of mengulang is the word ulang.
menganga
menilai
mengena
menyapu
memuji
mengelak
menyimpang
menampung
mengolah
mengantuk
menyatakan
mengganggu
Latihan 5—Identifying the Base Word (2)
Find the base words for the MeN- verbs below. For example, the base word of mengikat is the
word ikat.
mengikat
mengisi
mengikuti
mengizinkan
mengimpor
mengobati
menginap
mengobral
mengingat
mengobrol
mengingatkan
mengontrak
menginginkan
mengoperasi
mengira
menguasai
mengirim
mengubah
Lesson 61
Latihan 6—Forming Transitive MeN- Verbs (1)
Add the prefix meN- to the following base words. Don’t forget that in many cases you also
have to add a nasal to ‘glue’ the nasal to the base word.
bersihkan
terima
panggil
atur
lihat
cuci
pakai
rusak
nyanyikan
dengarkan
bantu
ambil
lakukan
antar
tolong
bawa
isi
buka
adakan
goreng
bayar
hitung
berikan
pukul
buat
baca
jual
pelihara
potong
dengar
bunuh
beli
tunggu
cari
pilih
tutup
katakan
kirim
pimpin
tonton
perbaiki
tulis
curi
ucapkan
tanam
simpan
cium
coba
Lesson 61
Latihan 7—Forming Transitive MeN- Verbs (2)
It is important to get used to generating me- verbs and recognising their base words. For the
following exercise, type the base word for each me- verb. For example, for the verb melihat, you
would type the base word lihat.
menyanyikan
mengisi
melakukan
menghitung
memakai
memilih
menanam
menulis
membaca
mengadakan
memperbaiki
menonton
mengatakan
memotong
menyimpan
mendengar
memimpin
mengucapkan
membantu
membunuh
mengirim
mencium
membawa
menerima
membeli
mengantar
membersihkan
mengatur
menjual
memberikan
memanggil
menolong
menggoreng
mengambil
membuka
menutup
membuat
memukul
membayar
menunggu
mencari
memelihara
merusak
Lesson 61
Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
1.
to cut something
4.
to read
6.
to buy something
7.
to wait
8.
dictionary
9.
to see, to look at
10. to become, to be
11. to sell something
14. to help or assist
someone
15. to keep (as a pet)
16. to use or wear
something
Menurun:
2.
to give (something
to someone)
3.
rice plant
5.
to pay
10. to do something
12. to plant something
13. to take, to bring, to
carry
Lesson 62
62 Jenis-Jenis Pekerjaan
Aims
• To practise talking about a
number of common incomeearning occupations.
Vocabulary Review
Here are
words used
appeared in
sure that
meanings.
some of the frequent
in this lesson that have
previous lessons. Make
you remember their
Shutterstock
agen
agent
pegawai
employee, office worker
binatang
animal
pekerjaan
profession
biro wisata
tourism bureau
petani
farmer
dokter
doctor
polisi
police
dosen
lecturer
senang
to be happy
dulu
used to be
sepak bola
football, soccer
menjadi
to become, be
tempat
place
karyawan
employee, worker
terkenal
famous
kaya
rich
terlalu
too
lebih suka
prefer
ulama
Islamic scholar
Apa Pekerjaan Anda?
Lesson 62
Lesson 62
Menjadi
In English we have a verb “to be” and a verb “to become”. A quick glance at an English
dictionary will show that these are regarded as fairly distinct notions. The first indicates something
that is more or less static, that is, it describes, or refers to, a “state” or something that is not
evolving. The second refers to something that is dynamic, that is, in the process of evolving or
becoming something different.
The distinction doesn’t exist in Indonesian, at least not with the same clarity. We have already
seen that Indonesian doesn’t have a verb “to be”. But sometimes the verb menjadi seems to
function like the English “to be”. Look at these examples:
Ia menjadi marah sekarang.
He’s angry now.
Dulu saya menjadi guru, tetapi sekarang saya menjadi pengusaha.
I used to be a teacher, but now I’m a businessman.
Menjadi can also be used like the English “to become”.
Tahun berapa Anda menjadi dosen?
In what year did you become a lecturer?
Tanti ingin sekali menjadi insinyur yang rajin dan efisien.
Tanti is really keen to become a hard working and efficient engineer.
As you can see, menjadi can be used to talk about work. Study this substitution table and
practise generating sentences from it.
Pacar saya
Saya
Dia
Kami
Mereka
Santi
mau
ingin
sudah
akan
pernah
menjadi
agen biro wisata
pemain sepak bola
sekretaris
guru
tukang kayu
petani
pegawai negeri
dokter
pengusaha
tukang listrik
wartawan
dokter gigi
sopir truk
karyawan pabrik
tentara
sopir taksi
dosen
polisi
karyawan toko
pelayan
akuntan
ulama
yang
terkenal.
baik.
kaya.
pandai.
efisien.
rajin.
Lesson 62
Exercise 62-01
Generate 10 different sentences following these instructions. Each sentence should be in two
parts contrasting past ambitions with those of the present. The first part of the sentence should
be generated from the substitution table below (you can add other occupations to the column on
the right). The second part of the sentence should begin... tetapi sekarang... and you should
complete it indicating what your ambitions for the future are.
Study this example first:
Sepuluh tahun yang lalu saya ingin menjadi guru, tetapi sekarang saya mau
menjadi insinyur.
First part of the sentence ....
Dulu
Sepuluh tahun yang lalu,
Pada tahun 2008
saya
ingin
ingin sekali
mau
pernah
menjadi
pemain tenis,
wartawan,
tukang listrik,
petani,
dosen,
sopir bemo,
pegawai negeri,
karyawan toko,
ibu rumah tangga,
seniman,
pemain sepak bola,
montir,
Dialogue: Failed Ambitions, New Ambitions
With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, exchange stories about your work
experiences and ambitions in former times (dulu) and your work experiences and
ambitions now (sekarang). Use your imagination to make a stark contrast between the
bleak disappointments and failures of the past, and the bright reality of the present and future.
You might begin by saying something like this (Sound File 062-01):
D
ulu saya ingin menjadi petani karena saya suka pada binatang. Saya juga suka menanam jagung, padi dan buah-buahan, tetapi saya tidak suka tinggal di desa yang sepi
yang jauh dari kota. Saya lebih suka tempat yang ramai. Jadi, saya gagal menjadi petani. Sekarang saya lebih senang menjadi karyawan toko. Saya bekerja di bagian sepatu di toko pakaian Robinson. Saya menjual sepatu laki-laki, sepatu perempuan, dan sepatu anak-anak.
Tetapi sebetulnya saya lebih suka bekerja di bagian pakaian karena saya suka pakaian yang
mahal dan cantik. … … … …
Notice the word sebetulnya in this narrative. It means something like “as a matter of fact” or
“actually”. Tetapi sebetulnya has overtones of “but to be honest” so it is a useful phrase to use
when you want to emphasise a contrast.
Now, here are some “kick-start” sentence shells to get you going with a narrative like the one
above. Run these options through your head first and consider how you can complete them, or
Lesson 62
elaborate on them, in an imaginative and long-winded way using the Indonesian vocabulary you
currently have.
Dulu saya
ingin sekali
mau
pernah
menjadi [occupation] tetapi saya tidak
...
lebih senang bekerja di …
tidak suka bekerja sebagai …
kurang pandai bekerja dengan …
Dulu saya gagal menjadi [occupation] karena
Sekarang saya
bisa
suka
pandai
senang
mau
ingin sekali bekerja sebagai
menjadi
mau
sudah
belajar menjadi
[occupation] karena …
As you talk, your partner should interrupt with questions. Try to make these questions as
varied as possible. See how many of these (and other) question words you can use.
Mengapa Anda…?
Berapa lama Anda…?
Anda … … … naik apa?
Tahun berapa Anda… ?
Apakah Anda…?
Setiap hari, apa tugas Anda di…?
Di mana Anda…?
Bagaimana (pekerjaan itu)?
Latihan 1—Vocabulary Review
1. Pemain sepak bola
a. Entrepreneur
2. Ulama
b. Physician
3. Petani
c. Police officer
4. Pemandu wisata
d. Soldier
5. Pengusaha
e. Soccer player
6. Sekretaris
f. Journalist
7. Tukang kayu
g. Factory worker
8. Dokter
h. Islamic scholar
9. Akuntan
i. Carpenter
10. Sopir taksi
j. University teacher
11. Wartawan
k. Dentist
12. Tentara
l. Accountant
Lesson 62
13. Karyawan pabrik
m. Secretary
14. Polisi
n. Farmer
15. Dosen
o. Taxi Driver
16. Dokter gigi
p. Waiter, waitress, servant
17. Pelayan
q. Tourist Guide
Latihan 2—Failed Ambitions & New Ambitions
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bekerja—gagal—menanam—menjual
—petani—sepatu—sepi—tempat—yang
Dulu saya ingin menjadi ____________ karena saya suka pada binatang. Saya juga suka
____________ jagung, padi dan buah-buahan, tetapi saya tidak suka tinggal di desa yang
____________ yang jauh dari kota. Saya lebih suka ____________ yang ramai. Jadi, saya
____________ menjadi petani. Sekarang saya lebih senang menjadi karyawan toko. Saya
____________ di bagian sepatu di toko pakaian Robinson. Saya ____________ sepatu laki-laki, ____________ perempuan, dan sepatu anak-anak. Tetapi sebetulnya saya lebih
suka bekerja di bagian pakaian karena saya suka pakaian ___________ mahal dan cantik.
Latihan 3—Pekerjaan
Write the missing word in the blank space in each question so that the question fits with the
answer beside it.
1. Apa __________ Anda? — Saya pegawai kantor.
2. Di mana Anda __________ ? — Saya bekerja di Gedung Lippo.
3. Apakah Anda __________ bekerja di Gedung Lippo? — Kurang suka.
4. Mengapa Anda tidak suka __________ di Gedung Lippo? — Karena Gedung Lippo terlalu
jauh dari rumah.
5. Jam __________ Anda berangkat dari rumah? — Kira-kira jam delapan pagi.
6. Apakah Anda __________ menjadi kaya? — Ya, ingin sekali.
7. __________ berapa lama Anda bekerja di Gedung Lippo? — Sudah tiga tahun.
8. __________ Anda belajar dulu? — Di Akademi Akuntansi di Jakarta.
9. Apa __________ Anda di kantor? — Biasanya saya mengetik dan menerima telepon.
10. Apakah kantor Anda lebih besar __________ kantor Bank Danamon? — Tidak. Kantor
kami lebih kecil daripada kantor Bank Danamon.
Lesson 62
Latihan 4—Jenis-jenis Pekerjaan
From among the words and phrases in the right column choose one word or phrase to go
with each of the occupations listed. Choose each word/phrase just once. Write the
word/phrase beside the occupation that is most closely associated with it.
1. petani
.........................................................................
orang sakit
2. karyawan bank
.........................................................................
surat kabar
3. karyawan toko
.........................................................................
menjual
4. dokter
.........................................................................
rumah makan
5. ibu rumah tangga
.........................................................................
taksi
6. pelayan
.........................................................................
lapangan olahraga
7. sopir
.........................................................................
sekolah
8. guru
.........................................................................
sawah
9. wartawan
.........................................................................
uang
.........................................................................
bekerja di rumah
10. pemain sepak bola
Latihan 5—Merangkai Kata
Urutkan kata-kata berikut sehingga menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti:
1. “He’s angry now.”
Dia—menjadi—marah—sekarang.
2. “I used to be a teacher, but now I’m a businessman.”
Dulu—sekarang—tetapi—menjadi—saya—guru,—saya—pengusaha.
3. “In what year did you become a lecturer?”
Tahun—Anda—menjadi—berapa—dosen?
4. “Tanti is really keen to become a hard working and efficient engineer.”
Tanti—yang—menjadi—dan—rajin—insinyur—ingin—sekali—efisien.
5. “At first I wanted to become a doctor but I am not smart.”
Dulu—tidak—tetapi—saya—dokter—saya—menjadi—mau—pandai.
Latihan 6—Terjemahan
Translate the following words.
accountant
animal
Lesson 62
dentist
to fail, to not succeed
housewife
engineer
a type, kind
rich
angry
to type
mechanic
public servant
waiter, waitress
a player
entrepreneur
hard-working, diligent
actually, to be honest
secretary
driver, chauffeur
soldier, armed forces
to answer the phone
famous
duties, obligations
carpenter
electrician
journalist, reporter
Lesson 63
63 Bapak, Ibu dan Seorang
Aims
• To get more practice distinguishing between the negators tidak and bukan.
• To introduce and practise the common second person pronouns Bapak and Ibu.
• To practise using seorang: a very common word like the English “a” / “an”.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous
lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
halaman
yard (around house)
pemain
player
hati-hati
careful
pengusaha
businessman
karcis
ticket
ramah
friendly
hadiah
a gift, a present
sama sekali
absolutely, completely
ilmu kimia
chemistry
sopir
driver, chauffeur
majalah
magazine, journal
tidak boleh
may not, can not
masih
still
tukang listrik
electrician
memberikan
to give sth
turun
go down, descend
montir
mechanic
untuk
for
More Practice with bukan
You will recall that back in Module 1 you learned that a noun is negated with bukan, not tidak.
Tidak is used to negate verbs, adjectives and prepositions. Review Lesson 11 to refresh your
memory.
In these sentences both bukan and tidak appear. Observe how they are used, especially the
kind of word that follows bukan and tidak.
Dia bukan seniman. Dia sama sekali tidak pandai menulis atau melukis.
He is not an artist. He is absolutely hopeless at writing or painting.
Dia bukan montir. Dia tidak bekerja di bengkel.
He is not a mechanic. He doesn’t work in a repair shop.
Lesson 63
Ini bukan rumah Ibu Ida. Rumah Ibu Ida besar. Rumah ini tidak besar.
This house is not Mrs Ida’s. Mrs Ida’s house is big. This house is not big.
Ibu Dibyo bukan tukang masak. Dia pegawai negeri. Dia tidak pandai memasak.
Mrs Dibyo is not a cook. She is a civil servant. She can’t cook.
Maaf, majalah ini tidak untuk Anda. Anda bukan mahasiswa.
Sorry, this journal is not for you. You’re not a student.
Kalau Anda bukan pemain, Anda tidak boleh turun ke lapangan.
If you’re not a player you can’t go to the sports ground.
Anda berkunjung ke pulau yang mana? Batam? Bukan! Batam tidak menarik.
Which island did you visit? Batam? No! Batam isn’t interesting.
Mohon Perhatian!!
A noun is a word that names a thing, person or place. Some examples of
ordinary nouns in Indonesian are: penumpang (a passenger), perjalanan (travel, a
trip), orang Jawa (a Javanese), selat (a strait). There are other kinds of “less
ordinary” nouns, for example:
1. personal names and place names, e.g. Bapak Kamso, Surabaya, Batam.
2. pronouns, that is, words used in place of nouns, especially to refer to something or someone
that has already been mentioned. Examples are saya, kamu, dia, mereka, kita and kami.
3. noun phrases, that is, a group of words that doesn’t necessarily have a noun in it but that
stands for a noun, for example yang murah (the cheap one)
Tidak never appears directly in front of any of these kinds of nouns.
They are negated with bukan.
Although tidak is the usual negator for verbs, adjectives and prepositions, in certain contexts
bukan can also be used to negate them. This happens most often when you want to emphasise a
contrast, or when a contrast is implied.
Warnanya bukan merah tetapi hijau.
It’s not red, it’s green.
Hadiah ini bukan untuk kamu. Untuk Tanti!
This gift is not for you. It’s for Tanti!
Dia bukan mengambil uang. Sebetulnya dia memberikan uang.
She didn’t take money. In fact she gave money.
So it seems that bukan is a stronger, or more emphatic, negator than tidak, and for this reason
can sometimes muscle its way into the negation of verbs, adjectives and prepositions, in addition
to its normal function as a negator of nouns.
Bapak & Ibu
In English, basically we have just one second person pronoun: “you”. Except in a few
exceptional circumstances, “you” can be used to address practically anyone at all. In some
European languages there are two words for “you”. French, for example, has tu and vous. You
use tu when you are talking to someone with whom you are on familiar or intimate terms. It is also
often used to address children, even if you are not on familiar terms with the child, or for “talking
Lesson 63
down” in an insulting or contemptuous way to adults. Vous, on the other hand, is more formal and
respectful. It implies a distance between the speakers. It is the “safe” word to use.
Most Indonesians are ultra-sensitive to differences in rank, age, gender and formality. When
two people talk to each other, as a rule the words they use for “you” will reflect their view of the
relationship between them. Are they social equals? Are they the same sex? Are they roughly the
same or very different in age? Do they know each other well or only distantly? All these factors
can influence their choice of a word for “you”. Indeed, sometimes even ethnic differences, or
vocational differences, or kinship differences can play a role in determining one’s choice of a word
for “you”.
And there are plenty of second person pronouns (i.e. words that mean “you”) to choose from in
Indonesian. If English has just one and French has two, Indonesian has around a dozen that are in
common use, and probably more than fifty altogether. George Quinn’s Learner’s Dictionary of
Today’s Indonesian gives 24 words for “you”.
One of the interesting features of the Indonesian language (and of Indonesian society as a
whole) is the impulse to relate to people as if they are members of one’s own family. It is almost
as if you can only communicate with someone by making that person an “honorary” member of
your family.
We have a few remote echoes of this practice in European culture. For example, in the Catholic
Church priests are addressed as “Father” or “Brother” depending on their rank and functions, and
female members of certain orders may be addressed as “Mother” or “Sister”. Presumably this
practice is a manifestation of the idea that the Christian community is a big family.
Similarly, activists in certain causes may address one another as “Sister” (in some branches of
the feminist movement) or “Brother” (among some activists for the welfare of African Americans).
Again, behind this practice lies the idea that members of a family are close to one another, will
support one another and won’t betray one another. At the same time, the use of kinship terms
may function to indicate differences in power and status within a community (as in the Catholic
Church where a “Father” has higher status than a “Brother”) or that all members are equal (as in
the use by egalitarian activists of terms referring to members of the same generation like
“Brother” and “Sister”).
In Indonesian, the very widespread use of kinship terms as second person pronouns seems to
function both to “incorporate” the addressee into an imagined community or “family”, and to
make clear the differences in status that are perceived to exist between addresser and addressee.
Here are some of the most common words for “you” that are also kinship terms.
Bapak
father
Adik
younger brother/sister
Oom
uncle
and many more.
Ibu
mother
Saudara
brother/sister
Tante
aunt
For the moment you are going to practise use of the second person pronouns Bapak and Ibu,
both of which are of very high frequency in everyday Indonesian.
Lesson 63
Cara Indonesia
So far in this course we have used just one word for “you”: Anda. There are
many words for “you”: Anda is just one of them and is by no means the most
commonly used. In fact Anda is a fairly recent invention, dating from the 1950s.
It is slightly trendy, a bit formal, and is mostly used among Indonesia’s
educated, urbanised minority. It is also widely used in advertising and public
announcements. It is the closest Indonesian has to the all-purpose English
“you”.
But unlike “you”, Anda cannot be used indiscriminately to all and sundry.
That is why it is important to master the use of Bapak and Ibu (and, little by
little, the many other words for “you” in Indonesian).
Who do you address as Bapak or Ibu? The flippant answer might be “practically everyone”, but
in matters of etiquette in Indonesia it’s best to be very careful rather than flippant. Basically Bapak
and Ibu are polite, respectful terms but not excessively formal terms. They are widely used in
everyday talk.
The main guidelines to bear in mind in deciding whether to use them are: you should address
as Bapak or Ibu anyone who 1) is reasonably “mature” in years, say past 30 years of age, or who
2) has some claim to status, whether it be by virtue of having a job/position, or being a parent, or
having an impressive bearing, and who 3) is not on really close or intimate terms with you.
There are many notes that one could add to these guidelines. Here are one or two.
• If you are still young (i.e. let’s say under 30 years of age) you wouldn’t normally address
your peers of similar age as Bapak or Ibu (you might use Anda or Saudara, perhaps kamu),
but if you are older than 30 in most instances you would address your age-peers as Bapak
or Ibu (unless you are on very intimate terms with them).
• Very often, a formal atmosphere or situation can dictate that Bapak or Ibu must be used
rather than the more intimate term of address you might use in a more private, casual
context.
• In some instances you might address someone as Bapak or Ibu even if they are younger
than you are. This is especially common where the younger person has a responsible job
or is exercising some kind of authority over you, for example as your teacher or doctor.
• The word Anda that we have used so far in these lessons is appropriate in most situations,
but not everyone uses it, and in any case it has egalitarian overtones clinging to it so it
wouldn’t usually be appropriate to use Anda to address someone who is a lot older than
you or a lot higher in status, and who expects that rank to be acknowledged by use of
explicitly respectful terms of address. Substitute Bapak or Ibu for Anda and you can’t go
wrong.
Mohon Perhatian!!
You should note that when the kinship terms bapak (a father) and ibu (a mother)
are used as second person pronouns (i.e. meaning “you”) they are written with an
initial capital letter, but when they are used in their ordinary, referential sense as
kinship terms they are not capitalised (except at the beginning of a sentence, of
course).
Lesson 63
By the way, in Module 3 you learned that ibu means “a mother”, but the word given for “a
father” was ayah, not bapak. There are two points to remember about this. First, bapak is the
Javanese word for “a father” and ayah is the more traditionally Malay word. So you are more likely
to hear ayah used in Sumatra and among educated speakers or “purists” (which is why it is used
in The Indonesian Way – be grateful!). On the other hand, bapak has been enthusiastically adopted
into Indonesian and you will commonly hear it used to refer to “a father”, especially in Java and
among less fastidious users of the language.
Second, ayah is used to mean “you” only when you are addressing your own real father. If you
are not talking to your real father, but to a “pseudo-father” you should address him as Bapak.
Cara Indonesia
The use of second person pronouns is one of the most difficult areas of
Indonesian. Even the few tentative steps we are starting to take at this point
present fairly formidable, prickly, subtle difficulties.
If it is any consolation, you might be interested to know that Indonesians
themselves often put the choice of the right pronoun into the too hard basket. In
fact, very often people will go through some fairly spectacular contortions
(verbal contortions, that is) to avoid altogether using a word for “you”, especially
if they are in doubt about whether to be casual or formal with the person they
are talking to.
You have already met an instance of “you-avoidance” in the greeting Mau ke mana? Other
similar phrases are Tinggal di mana? (Where do you live?), Mau makan apa? (What would you like
to eat?), Turun di mana? (Where are you getting off?). A slightly bizarre variant of this, but also
very common, is the substitution of the more neutral third-person pronoun -nya for the second
person pronoun. Thus you will hear people say, for example, Rumahnya di mana? (Where is your
house?) or Anaknya berapa? (How many children do you have), and even Namanya siapa? (What
is your name?)
Seorang
In English you can say “The farmer has 30 head of cattle.” The word “head” in this sentence is
a special word you use when counting cattle and certain other animals. There are not many such
words (usually called “numeral classifiers”) in English, but Indonesian has a number of them that
are quite commonly used. For example, when counting animals in Indonesian you use not “head”
but “tail” (ekor). So if you want to render the English sentence above into Indonesian you say Petani itu mempunyai 30 ekor sapi.
To count human beings you use orang. Look at these examples:
Ada empat orang guru di halaman sekolah.
There are four teachers in the schoolyard.
Mahasiswa sudah datang ... lebih dari 20 orang.
The students have arrived ... more than 20 of them.
Maaf, kami tidak dapat membantu Anda. Hanya ada tiga orang dokter di sini.
Sorry, we can’t help you. There are only three doctors here.
Ada berapa polisi di luar? Hanya seorang.
How many policemen are there outside? Just one.
Lesson 63
If you are not actually counting, you usually don’t need to use a numeral classifier word.
Mereka mau menjadi guru.
They want to become teachers.
Sebaiknya Anda bertanya kepada polisi.
I’d advise you to ask the police.
However, there is an exception. Very often the word seorang functions like the English “a”
when “a” is used to indicate all the members of a particular class of objects or people. So in
English you can say, for example, “A policeman has to be careful”. In this sentence the word “a”
indicates that we are talking not about just one individual policeman, but about a kind of general
image of policemen. Seorang is used in a similar way in Indonesian.
Seorang polisi harus hati-hati.
A policeman has to be careful.
Seorang dokter harus belajar ilmu kimia.
A doctor has to study chemistry.
Saya ingin menjadi seorang karyawan toko yang ramah.
I want to be a friendly shop assistant.
Dialogue: Asking Politely About An Older Person’s Job
With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, act out a dialogue in which one person takes
the role of an older man or woman, and the other a younger man or woman who wants to find out
about the older person’s occupation. Sit facing each other rather formally. The younger person
will politely address the older person as Ibu or Bapak. The older person will equally politely use
Anda when addressing the younger person. Begin the dialogue with a question that demands the
answer bukan, e.g. …
Apakah Ibu seorang pegawai negeri?
Bukan. Saya bekerja di Toko Laris.
After the older speaker has said “no” the dialogue can then proceed more freely,
e.g. …
O begitu. Apakah Ibu seorang karyawan toko?
Bukan. Saya sekretaris di kantor toko.
Sudah berapa lama Ibu bekerja di kantor toko?
Sudah lima tahun.
More questions should follow, all asked using the formal pronoun Ibu or Bapak, e.g.
Mengapa Ibu…?
Berapa lama Ibu…?
Ibu … … … naik apa?
Tahun berapa Ibu… ?
Apakah Ibu…?
Setiap hari, apa tugas Ibu di…?
Di mana Ibu…?
Bagaimana pekerjaan itu, Ibu?
Lesson 63
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
halaman
still
memberikan
not allowed to
hati-hati
chemistry
ramah
to, in order to
karcis
careful, cautious
sama sekali
to come/go down
ilmu kimia
magazine
tidak boleh
to give (something)
majalah
ticket
turun
friendly
masih
yard
untuk
absolutely
Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Bapak and Ibu
Refer to the reading passage “Bapak and Ibu” to answer the following questions.
1. Most Indonesians are not ultra-sensitive to differences in rank, age, gender and formality.
A. True
B. False
2. How many second person pronouns are there to choose from in Indonesian?
A. Only 1
B. About 5
C. About 20
D. About 50
3. Of the second person pronouns in Indonesian, about how many are in common use?
A. Only 1
B. About 5
C. About 12
D. About 25
4. Within the Indonesian language and society, is it common to relate to people as if they are
members of one’s own family?
A. Yes.
B. No.
5. What are some uses of kinship terms? Select all that apply.
A. By referring to a person as a member of a family it is implied that the members will
support one another and won’t betray one another
B. Kinship terms indicate differences in power and status within a community
C. Kinship terms can signify that all members are equal
D. Kinship terms are rarely used in Indonesian language and culture
6. What is the function of the widespread use of kinship terms as second person pronouns?
A. It “incorporates” the addressee into an imagined community or “family”.
B. It makes clear the differences in status that are perceived to exist between addresser
and addressee.
C. Both A and B.
Lesson 63
Latihan 3—Menjodohkan: Pekerjaan
Using bukan, answer ‘no’ to each of these questions. Then, referring to the picture, add a
sentence of follow-up information stating what the person actually is.
Latihan 4—Pilihan Ganda
Refer to each of the following sentences and decide whether to replace Anda with either
Bapak or Ibu as appropriate.
1. Anda mau minum? (A householder puts this question to a lady from the census office.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
Lesson 63
2. Di mana rumah Anda? (A tourist puts this question to a matronly lady in the market.?
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
3. O begitu. Saya kira Anda dari Jepang! (A young man expresses mild incredulity when his
elderly travelling companion tells him he is from Indonesia.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
4. Apa pekerjaan Anda? (This question is put to an important-looking man in uniform.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
5. Menurut pendapat saya, sebaiknya Anda jangan menginap di Hotel Pasar. (A young local
offers free advice to a visiting gentleman from overseas.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
6. Sudah berapa lama Anda menjadi kepala sekolah? (This question is put to the
headmistress of a secondary school.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
7. Anda lahir lima puluh tahun yang lalu? Tahun berapa? (A census official puts this question
to a gentleman.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
8. Dulu Anda kuliah di mana? (This question is put to a lady in a white lab coat.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
9. Saya kira kita pernah bertemu 40 tahun yang lalu. Apakah Anda pernah tinggal di Bogor?
(Two men are in conversation.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
10. Anda punya lima anak? Apakah mereka masih bersekolah atau sudah bekerja? (A woman
is asked about her children.)
A. Anda
B. Bapak
C. Ibu
Lesson 63
Latihan 5—Isian
Fill in the gap in each sentence below with the name of an occupation so that it fits in with
the rest of the sentence and makes good sense.
1. Kakak saya seorang ________________. Ia bekerja di bengkel.
2. Seorang ________________ toko harus ramah kepada pembeli.
3. Seorang ________________ harus bekerja di sawah dari pagi sampai sore.
4. Kalau Anda mau menjadi ________________, Anda harus belajar di universitas selama kira-kira tujuh tahun.
5. Katanya, Ibu seorang ________________ negeri. Boleh saya minta informasi?
6. Bapak seorang ________________? Bapak bekerja di surat kabar apa?
7. Anda seorang ________________ tenis? Apakah Anda pernah bermain dengan Roger
Federer atau Serena Williams atau Rafael Nadal?
8. Katanya, Bapak seorang ________________ bis. Berapa harga karcis bis dari Manado ke
Tondano?
9. Katanya, Bapak seorang ________________ kayu. Apakah Bapak bisa membuat meja dan
kursi untuk saya?
10. O, jadi Ibu seorang ________________. Ibu mengajar apa?
Latihan 6—Isian: Bukan & Tidak
Choose between bukan and tidak.
1. Dia _________ bisa melukis. Dia _________ seorang seniman.
2. Dia _________ bisa memasak. Dia seorang montir, _________ tukang masak.
3. Kalau Anda _________ pemain, Anda _________ boleh turun ke lapangan.
4. Ibu Indah _________ bisa mengajar karena dia _________ seorang guru.
5. Andita sama sekali _________ bisa menulis.
6. Saya rasa Bapak Rian _________ seorang pengusaha.
7. Ibu Diah _________ seorang tukang listrik. Dia seorang guru.
Lesson 63
Latihan 7—Kosa Kata 1
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. Bapak
a. a, one (animal)
2. Ibu
b. a, one (person)
3. adik
c. father, mature male person, a gentleman
4. Saudara
d. aunt
5. om
e. brother, sibling, kin
6. tante
f. mother, mature female person, a lady
7. bapak
g. uncle
8. saudara
h. you (addressing a gentleman)
9. ibu
i. you (addressing a lady)
10. seorang
j. you (formal term of address)
11. seekor
k. younger brother/sister
Latihan 8—Kosa Kata 2
1. bengkel
a. a cook
2. ekor
b. a painter (artist)
3. hadiah
c. an animal’s tail; a counter-word for animals
4. kepala sekolah
d. an artist
5. masih
e. a cattle, cow, ox
6. melukis
f. to descend, go down, disembark, come down
7. sapi
g. friendly
8. seniman
h. a gift, present, prize
9. pelukis
i. a magazine, journal
10. tukang masak
j. a school principal, headmaster/headmistress
11. ramah
k. a skilled worker; craftsman
12. tukang
l. still
13. turun
m. a ticket
14. karcis
n. to paint (a painting)
15. majalah
o. a workshop
Lesson 64
64 Pekerjaan Seorang Petani
Aims
• To provide more practice with adverbs of
frequency.
• To make a start talking
about work, especially
work in a rural village.
Foto: Seorang Petani Bekerja di Sawah
(© U. Kozok)
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
beberapa
some, several
menanam
to plant, bury
bekerja keras
work hard
misalnya
for example
berlibur
to go on vacation
pertama-tama
first of all
di samping
besides
sarapan
(to have) breakfast
ibu rumah tangga
housewife
selalu
always
kegiatan
activity
sering
often
keras
hard, vigorously
suami
husband
luar negeri
overseas
surat
letter (correspondence)
manis
sweet
menerima
to receive
Lesson 64
melakukan
to do
tidak begitu
it’s not like that
melukis
to paint
tidak pernah
never
membuat
to make
tukang kayu
carpenter
Talking About the Frequency of Actions/Events
You have already met the adverbs of frequency biasanya and kadang-kadang. Frequency extends on either side of these two terms, ranging from “always” at the high-frequency end, through
“often”, “usually” and “sometimes”, to “never” at the bottom end of the frequency range. Here are
the Indonesian equivalents:
tidak pernah
never
jarang
rarely
! low frequency
kadang-kadang
sometimes
high frequency "
sering
often
selalu
always
In English you could insert “occasionally” between
“rarely” and “sometimes”, and “frequently” between “often” and “always” bringing the scale up to seven items.
Indonesian typically only uses five adverbs of frequency.
Biasanya is not included here; in terms of frequency it is
roughly comparable to sering. Adverbs of frequency usually appear in the number two position in a sentence, that
is, immediately after the first word or after the initial adverbial phrase. But they also often appear right at the beginning of a sentence.
Here are some more examples:
Saya tidak pernah bekerja pada malam hari.
I never work at night.
Apakah Bapak kadang-kadang pergi ke gunung untuk melukis?
Do you sometimes go to the mountains to paint pictures?
Kadang-kadang saya pergi ke gunung untuk melukis.
Sometimes I go to the mountains to paint pictures.
Biasanya saya menerima telepon dan mengetik surat.
Usually I take phone calls and type letters.
Hasan jarang makan sayur.
Hasan rarely eats vegetables.
Ibu Oka seorang pengusaha kaya. Ia sering ke luar negeri.
Mrs Oka is a wealthy businesswoman. She often goes overseas.
Sebagai pelayan kamu harus selalu ramah pada tamu-tamu di restoran.
As a waiter you always have to be friendly with customers in the restaurant.
Exercise 64-01
Complete these sentences describing the various things done (and not done) by different kinds
of workers. Complete the first sentences given below and, after adding the information required, it
Lesson 64
should be followed by sering juga ia... The third sentence should begin with kadang-kadang
ia...and finally, end your sentence with seorang [insert the profession here] tidak pernah...Study
the model first:
Seorang petani
Biasanya seorang petani bekerja di sawah.
Sering juga ia bekerja di halaman rumah.
Kadang-kadang ia bertemu dengan Kepala Desa.
Seorang petani tidak pernah menginap di hotel yang mahal.
1 Seorang dosen
2
Biasanya seorang dosen mengajar di…
Sering juga ia…
Kadang-kadang ia…
Jarang ia…
Seorang dosen tidak pernah…
3 Seorang tukang kayu
Biasanya seorang seniman melukis di…
Sering juga ia…
Kadang-kadang ia…
Jarang ia…
Seorang seniman tidak pernah…
4
Biasanya seorang tukang kayu membuat…
5 Seorang mahasiswa
Biasanya seorang mahasiswa kuliah di…
9 Seorang ibu rumah tangga
Biasanya seorang ibu rumah tangga
mengasuh* anak-anak di…
Seorang sopir taksi
Biasanya seorang sopir taksi bekerja di…
8
Biasanya seorang montir memperbaiki
mobil di…
Seorang tukang masak
Biasanya seorang tukang masak bekerja di…
6
7 Seorang montir
Seorang seniman
Seorang wartawan
Biasanya seorang wartawan bekerja di…
10 Seorang sekretaris
Biasanya seorang sekretaris bekerja
mengetik…
*nurse, look after
The Working Life of a Village Farmer
First listen to Sound File 064-01. Then read the following passage very carefully.
Watch out for use of Bapak, Ibu and seorang that you practised in the previous lesson,
and observe how adverbs of frequency are used. When you have finished, do Latihan 2–5
to check your understanding of this passage.
Pekerjaan Seorang Petani
S
eorang petani selalu bekerja keras. Biasanya ia bangun pagi-pagi, kadang-kadang sebelum jam lima pagi dia sudah bangun. Seorang petani tidak pernah berlibur. Pada hari
Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya dia bekerja juga. Di samping bekerja seorang petani juga
harus membantu mengurus desanya. Ia harus membersihkan jalan di desa, ikut rapat desa
dan membantu dalam kegiatan-kegiatan desa.
Bapak Karyono misalnya. Pak Yono tinggal di Muncul, kampung kecil yang terletak kira-kira sepuluh kilometer dari kota Salatiga dan lima belas kilometer dari kota Ambarawa di
provinsi Jawa Tengah. Biasanya Pak Yono bangun sebelum jam setengah enam pagi. Ia ja-
Lesson 64
rang bangun sesudah jam enam. Pertama-tama ia bersembahyang, lalu ia sarapan nasi dengan sambal. Kadang-kadang ia juga makan ikan. Pak Yono selalu minum kopi yang manis
sekali. Jam enam ia berangkat ke sawah. Sawah Pak Yono tidak jauh dari desa Muncul, hanya kira-kira dua kilometer. Biasanya ia berjalan kaki tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik sepeda.
Biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah menanam padi. Kira-kira jam sebelas siang Ibu Karyono datang ke sawah membawa makanan untuk suaminya. Mereka makan siang bersama di
sawah, tetapi pada hari Jumat mereka tidak pernah makan siang di sawah karena Pak Yono
harus sembahyang di mesjid. Pada jam sebelas ia sudah pulang ke rumah untuk mandi dan
berganti pakaian. Kalau ke mesjid ia selalu memakai baju yang bagus dan bersih. Pada jam
12 siang ia bersembahyang di mesjid bersama dengan orang-orang kampung lainnya. Sesudah pulang bersembahyang ia selalu duduk bercakap-cakap dengan teman-temannya. Kadang-kadang ada rapat desa. Pak Yono dan beberapa teman bertemu di rumah Kepala
Desa. Mereka berbicara tentang urusan desa dan program pembangunan pemerintah.
Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah juga tetapi kadang-kadang ia ikut berolahraga. Pak Yono suka ikut pertandingan sepak bola, dan kadang-kadang juga bulu tangkis. Pak Yono pandai bermain sepak bola tetapi ia tidak begitu pandai
bermain bulu tangkis. Biasanya ia hanya ikut menonton pertandingan bulu tangkis.
Pada hari Rabu ada pasar di desa Banyubiru tidak jauh dari desa Muncul. Ibu Karyono selalu pergi ke pasar Banyubiru itu untuk menjual buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecil. Bu
Yono seorang ibu rumah tangga yang rajin. Dia pandai sekali memasak. Sebelum berangkat
ke pasar ia sudah membuat roti dan kue kering. Roti dan kue Bu Yono terkenal karena
enak dan manis. Banyak orang mencari Bu Yono untuk membeli kue kering dan rotinya.
Bu Yono selalu berangkat ke pasar sebelum jam lima pagi. Biasanya ia naik bemo tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik dokar. Biasanya ia di pasar sampai siang. Kalau buah-buahan, ikan dan
makanan kecilnya sudah habis baru ia pulang. Sebelum pulang ia berbelanja. Kadang-kadang ia juga membeli pakaian.
Pekerjaan Seorang Petani: Retelling the Narrative
Retell the narrative Pekerjaan Seorang Petani without reading it. You don’t need to reproduce
the narrative exactly as it is written. You can change the order of components, paraphrase the
content, and insert extra information that you have made up yourself (taking care to ensure that
the grammar is correct, of course). As you speak, you are allowed to glance at a “crib sheet” of
half a dozen single words and short phrases lifted from the text that will help jog your memory. To
prepare this small list, re-read the narrative Pekerjaan Seorang Petani, pulling it apart to identify
the key words and key short phrases that you think will help you remember the narrative and retell
it as completely and as accurately as possible.
After you have successfully retold the narrative several times with the help of your crib sheet,
throw it away and talk confidently about pekerjaan seorang petani without any help. And as your
confidence grows, feel free to embellish the story with your own comments and inventions.
Talk about pekerjaan seorang petani to a fellow student, or your teacher/tutor, or to all the
members of a class. Ask them to put questions to you. Latihan 2 offers some good examples of
questions, but there are many others too that can be asked.
Lesson 64
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
beberapa
beside
membuat
for example
bekerja keras
outside
menanam
firstly, first of all
berlibur
an activity
misalnya
to make
di samping
country
pertama-tama
to plant
kegiatan
to take a holiday
selalu
often
di luar
sweet
sering
always
negeri
to work hard
suami
carpenter
manis
to do something
surat
a letter
melakukan
some, several
tukang kayu
a husband
Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani
Bacalah bacaan “Pekerjaan Seorang Petani” dan jawablah pertanyaan di bawah ini.
1. Apakah Bapak Karyono naik sepeda motor ke sawah?[2]
A. Tidak. Bapak Karyono naik sepeda ke sawah.
B. Ya. Pak Karyono naik sepeda motor ke sawah.
C. Ya, kadang-kadang ia naik sepeda motor tapi biasanya naik sepeda.
2. Apakah Bapak Karyono selalu ikut bermain bulu tangkis?[4]
A. Tidak. Ia tidak suka bermain bulu tangkis.
B. Tidak. Biasanya ia hanya menonton pertandingan bulu tangkis.
C. Ya. Ia bermain bulu tangkis dan sepak bola.
3. Biasanya Bapak Karyono bangun sebelum atau sesudah jam sembilan pagi?[2]
A. Ia bangun kira-kira pukul setengah lima pagi.
B. Biasanya, ia bangun sesudah jam sepuluh pagi.
C. Ia selalu bangun pukul sembilan pagi.
4. Di mana desa Muncul?[2]
A. Di dekat kota Salatiga.
B. Di antara kota Salatiga dan Ambarawa.
C. Jauh dari Salatiga.
5. Di mana Ibu Karyono biasanya menjual buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecil?[5]
A. Di pasar di Salatiga
B. Di pasar Banyubiru
C. Di pasar Ambarawa
6. Di samping bekerja di sawah seorang petani harus melakukan tugas apa?[1]
A. Bermain bulu tangkis.
B. Bertemu kepala desa untuk rapat.
C. Berjualan* di pasar.
Lesson 64
7. Jam berapa Ibu Karyono berangkat ke pasar?[6]
A. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul lima pagi.
B. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul setengah lima pagi.
C. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul setengah enam pagi.
8. Kalau ada rapat di rumah Kepala Desa, orang desa Muncul berbicara tentang apa?[3]
A. Mereka membicarakan** program pembangunan pemerintah.
B. Mereka bercakap-cakap tentang olahraga.
C. Mereka berbicara tentang sawah dan desa mereka.
9. Mengapa pada hari Jumat Bapak Karyono selalu pulang sebelum jam sebelas?[3]
A. Karena ia harus pergi ke rumah Bapak Kepala Desa.
B. Karena ia harus berjualan di pasar.
C. Karena ia harus sembahyang di mesjid.
10. Pada pagi hari Bapak Karyono sarapan apa?[2]
A. Ia sarapan buah-buahan.
B. Ia sarapan nasi dengan sambal.
C. Ia tidak sarapan.
*to be selling (professionally), **to discuss
Latihan 3—Pemahaman
Jawab pertanyaan berikut ini sesuai dengan bacaannya.
1. What other tasks that a farmer has to do? (Select all that apply) [1]
A. Cleaning the roads
B. Bathing the buffaloes and cows
C. Cultivating rice fields
D. Joining the community meeting
E. Cleaning a mosque
F. Participating in the community activities
2. Muncul Village is closer to Ambarawa than to Salatiga. [2]
A. True
B. False
3. What is a typical breakfast for Mr. Yono? [2]
A. rice porridge
B. fried rice
C. rice with meat
D. rice with a chilli-based side dish
4. Pak Yono eats rice with fish on a daily basis. [3]
A. True
B. False
Lesson 64
5. What vehicle does Mr. Yono sometimes take to go to his paddy field? [2]
A. A bus
B. A three wheeled vehicle called bemo
C. A bicycle
D. He does not require transportation because he always walks.
6. Why do Mr. and Mrs. Yono never eat together on Fridays? [3]
A. Because Mr. Yono has to work hard on Fridays.
B. Because Mrs. Yono has to do Friday Prayer at the mosque.
C. Because Mrs. Yono never cooks on Fridays.
D. Because Mr. Yono has to go the mosque.
7. What sport is Mr. Yono good at? [4]
A. Swimming
B. Soccer
C. Tennis
D. Badminton
8. What items does Mrs. Yono sell at the market? [5]
A. snack food, meat, and fruits
B. cakes, fish, and bananas
C. cakes, fish, and apples
D. snack food, fish, and fruits
9. Mrs. Yono usually goes to the market at 5:00. [6]
A. True
B. False
10. What does Mr. Yono sometimes do before going home? [6]
A. She cooks for Mr. Yono.
B. She goes shopping.
C. She buys some clothes.
D. She chats with her friends
Latihan 4—Isian: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani
Lengkapilah teks di bawah ini dengan kata-kata berikut: beberapa—bekerja—berlibur
bersembahyang—harus—menanam—mesjid—pembangunan—petani—rapat—sebelum
Seorang ____________ selalu ____________ keras. Biasanya ia bangun pagi-pagi, kadang-kadang sebelum jam lima pagi dia sudah bangun. Seorang petani tidak pernah
____________. Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya dia bekerja juga. Di samping
bekerja seorang petani juga harus membantu mengurus desanya. Ia harus membersihkan jalan di desa, ikut rapat desa dan membantu dalam kegiatan-kegiatan desa.
Bapak Karyono misalnya. Pak Yono tinggal di Muncul, kampung kecil yang terletak kirakira sepuluh kilometer dari kota Salatiga dan lima belas kilometer dari kota Ambarawa di
provinsi Jawa Tengah. Biasanya Pak Yono bangun ____________ jam setengah enam
Lesson 64
pagi. Ia tidak pernah bangun sesudah jam enam. Pertama-tama ia ____________, lalu ia
sarapan nasi dengan sambal. Kadang-kadang ia juga makan ikan. Pak Yono selalu minum kopi yang manis sekali. Jam enam ia berangkat ke sawah. Sawah Pak Yono tidak
jauh dari desa Muncul, hanya kira-kira dua kilometer. Biasanya ia berjalan kaki tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik sepeda.
Biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah ____________ padi. Kira-kira jam sebelas siang Ibu
Karyono datang ke sawah membawa makanan untuk suaminya. Mereka makan siang
bersama di sawah, tetapi pada hari Jumat mereka tidak pernah makan siang di sawah
karena Pak Yono ____________ sembahyang di ____________. Pada jam sebelas ia sudah pulang ke rumah untuk mandi dan berganti pakaian. Kalau ke mesjid ia selalu memakai baju yang bagus dan bersih. Pada jam 12 siang ia bersembahyang di mesjid bersama dengan orang-orang kampung lainnya. Sesudah pulang bersembahyang ia selalu
duduk bercakap-cakap dengan teman-temannya. Kadang-kadang ada ____________
desa. Pak Yono dan ____________ teman bertemu di rumah Kepala Desa. Mereka berbicara tentang urusan desa dan program ____________ pemerintah.
Latihan 5—Isian: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani (cont.)
berbelanja—berolahraga—memasak—membeli—mencari—menjual—pandai—sampai—
sebelum—terkenal
Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah juga tetapi kadang-kadang ia ikut ____________. Pak Yono suka ikut pertandingan sepak bola, dan kadang-kadang juga bulu tangkis. Pak Yono ____________ bermain sepak bola tetapi ia tidak begitu pandai bermain bulu tangkis. Biasanya ia hanya ikut menonton pertandingan
bulu tangkis.
Pada hari Rabu ada pasar di desa Banyubiru tidak jauh dari desa Muncul. Ibu Karyono
selalu pergi ke pasar Banyubiru itu untuk ____________ buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan
kecil. Bu Yono seorang ibu rumah tangga yang rajin. Dia pandai sekali ____________. Sebelum berangkat ke pasar ia sudah membuat roti dan kue kering. Roti dan kue Bu Yono
____________ karena enak dan manis. Banyak orang ____________ Bu Yono untuk membeli kue kering dan rotinya.
Bu Yono selalu berangkat ke pasar ____________ jam lima pagi. Biasanya ia naik bemo
tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik dokar. Biasanya ia di pasar ____________ siang. Kalau bu-
Lesson 64
ah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecilnya sudah habis baru ia pulang. Sebelum pulang ia
____________. Kadang-kadang ia juga ____________ pakaian.
Latihan 6—Menyimak
Dengarkan Rekaman 064-02 di bawah ini dan pilih arti yang benar dalam bahasa
Inggris.
1.
a. Usually a carpenter makes tables and chairs.
2.
b. Usually a lecturer teaches at a university.
3.
c. Sometimes he works making houses and garages.
4.
d. Often he also studies at the library.
5.
e. He also often makes cabinets and beds.
6.
f. A carpenter never works in the fields.
7.
g. A lecturer never teaches at primary schools.
8.
h. Sometimes he drinks beer at a bar.
9.
i. Sometimes he works at home.
Latihan 7— Frequency
Number the following words from 1-5 with 1 being the lowest frequency (never) to 5 being
the highest frequency (always):
kadang-kadang—selalu—tidak pernah—sering—jarang
Latihan 8—Menyimak
Dengarkan Rekaman 064-03 dan pilih arti yang benar dalam bahasa Inggris.
1.
a. She is a wealthy businesswoman.
2.
b. Sometimes I go to the mountains to paint pictures.
3.
c. I never work at night.
4.
d. Usually I take phone calls and type letters.
5.
e. Do you sometimes go to the mountains to paint pictures?
6.
f. As a waiter you always have to be friendly with customers in the
restaurant.
7.
g. She often goes overseas.
Lesson 64
Latihan 9—Jenis-jenis Pekerjaan
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. seorang dosen
a. a secretary
2. seorang tukang kayu
b. an artist
3. seorang mahasiswa
c. a journalist
4. seorang montir
d. a mechanic
5. seorang seniman
e. a housewife
6. seorang ibu rumah tangga
f. a cook
7. seorang tukang masak
g. a university student
8. seorang sekretaris
h. a taxi driver
9. seorang wartawan
i. a carpenter
10. seorang sopir taksi
j. a lecturer (university teacher)
11. seorang pelukis
k. a painter (artist)
Latihan 10—Kosa Kata
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
baru
cookies
rapat
always
habis
development
sambal
a little bit
keras
finished, gone
sedikit
matter
kue kering
hard, vigorously
urusan
meeting
makanan kecil
new
tidak pernah
usually
mengurus
organisation
kadang-kadang
never
organisasi
organise, take care of
biasanya
often
pembangunan
snacks
sering
chili-based dish
selalu
sometimes
Lesson 64
Latihan 11—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
1.
a letter (written communication)
4.
not many, not much, a little
6.
chilli-based side dish
8.
to take care of
10. for example
11. a meeting
13. activity
16. economic development
17. it is only then that..., before
18. always
19. sweet
Menurun:
2.
matters requiring attention,
affairs
3.
to take a holiday
5.
to plant
7.
hard, vigorously
8.
to do something
9.
often
12. some, several
14. husband
15. used up, finished
Lesson 65
65 Berwawancara Dengan Orang Desa
Aims
• To practise talking about, and with, villagers.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
bangun
to wake up
misalnya
for example
barang
things, goods
pembangunan
development
bersembahyang
to pray
pendapat
opinion
bertanya
to ask a question
perempuan
female, a woman
ikut
to join activity
perlu
to need
kue
a cake, snacks
petani
a farmer
lakukan
to do
rapat
a meeting
lalu
and then
sampai
until
makanan
food
sawah
paddy field
masyarakat
a community
sebelum
before
membawa
to bring, to take
sedikit
a little bit
mencari
to look for
singgah
to make short visit
menjual
to sell
terlalu
too (as in ‘too much’)
menurut
according to
urusan
things, matter
An Interview With Two Villagers
In Lesson 64 you met Bapak Karyono and Ibu Karyono, two villagers who live in Muncul, Central Java. Now, imagine that you are a student (mahasiswa) from Widya Buana University. You are
doing a research assignment in Muncul. You interview Bapak Karyono and Ibu Karyono, asking
them about details of their working lives. Here is the transcript of a possible interview, but listen to
Sound File 065-01 before!
Lesson 65
Wawancara dengan Bapak & Ibu Karyono (1)
Listen carefully to Sound File 065-01. Before you read the transcript of the
interview, answer the following questions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
On what day of the week does the farmer wake up at 6:00?
What does he usually do at 9:00?
Who brings him food to the paddy field?
What does his wife do for a living?
What items does the farmer usually buy at the market?
Answer the questions while listening; then read the transcript to check your answers.
Selamat sore, Bapak dan Ibu. Saya perlu informasi tentang pekerjaan seorang petani.
Apakah saya boleh bertanya sedikit kepada Bapak dan Ibu?
Silakan.
Biasanya jam berapa Bapak bangun?
Biasanya saya bangun sebelum jam lima pagi tetapi pada hari Minggu saya bangun kirakira jam enam.
Lalu apa yang Bapak lakukan?
Saya bersembahyang dan sarapan, lalu saya pergi ke sawah.
Berapa lama Bapak bekerja di sawah?
Saya tidak pernah pulang sebelum jam sepuluh pagi dan biasanya saya bekerja di
sawah sampai jam dua siang, kadang-kadang sampai sore.
Apakah Bapak juga makan di sawah?
Ya. Istri saya selalu membawa makanan untuk saya.
O begitu. Bu, boleh saya bertanya kepada Ibu?
Silakan.
Apakah Ibu juga ikut mencari uang?
Ya. Saya membuat kue dan roti yang saya jual di pasar Banyubiru.
Apakah Bapak juga ikut menjual roti dan kue?
Lesson 65
O, tidak pernah. Bapak tidak pandai menjual barang-barang di pasar. Tetapi kadangkadang dia berbelanja di pasar.
Bapak perlu membeli apa di pasar?
Biasanya saya mencari pakaian. Kadang-kadang saya juga perlu alat-alat untuk
pekerjaan saya.
Bu, apakah Ibu juga kadang-kadang menjual kue dan roti di pasar Salatiga atau di pasar
Ambarawa?
Tidak pernah. Salatiga dan Ambarawa terlalu jauh untuk saya.
Apakah Ibu juga ikut rapat desa dengan Bapak?
Kadang-kadang, tetapi saya selalu ikut rapat ibu-ibu di kampung kami.
O, ada rapat ibu-ibu?
Ada.
Apa yang Ibu lakukan dalam rapat-rapat itu?
Kami berbicara tentang masalah-masalah di kampung kami. Kami membantu
perempuan di desa kami dan kami juga bercakap-cakap tentang program pembangunan
pemerintah di desa kami.
Hmmm, bagus. Jadi, tidak ada masalah besar di desa Bapak dan Ibu?
Aduh! Ada! Banyak juga masalah di desa kami.
Misalnya?
Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada...
Exercise 65-01
Below you will find five ways that Ibu (or Bapak) Karyono might have completed the last sentence in the interview above. Choose one of them and write several new sentences of dialogue
between the guest and Ibu or Bapak Karyono. A model answer is given immediately below for you
to refer to if necessary, but use your own ideas and creativity while ensuring that what you write is
grammatically correct and culturally appropriate. Using saya kira or menurut pendapat saya plus
lebih baik, or sebaiknya give Ibu or Bapak Karyono some polite suggestions about what they
should do.
Lesson 65
Model answer:
Ibu/Bapak Karyono: Misalnya di desa kami belum ada terminal bis. Bis-bis
tidak singgah di desa kami. Kami ingin sekali membangun terminal bis di desa
kami.
Tamu: Apakah ada uang untuk membangun terminal bis?
Ibu/Bapak Karyono: Belum ada. Kami masih mencari uang. Katanya
pemerintah akan membantu kami.
Tamu: Menurut pendapat saya, sebaiknya Ibu/Bapak jangan membangun terminal
bis dulu. Terlalu mahal. Lebih baik Ibu/Bapak membangun sekolah......
Starters (choose one of these to complete Ibu or Bapak Karyono’s last sentence and add further comments):
(a) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada pasar. Orang di desa Muncul harus pergi ke Banyubiru
untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang. Kalau ada pasar di desa Muncul kami
bisa.... Kami ingin sekali ....
(b) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada sekolah. Anak-anak dari desa Muncul harus naik bemo
ke Ambarawa untuk bersekolah. Kalau ada sekolah di desa Muncul anak kami bisa ....
Kami ingin sekali ....
(c) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada kantor desa. Bapak Kepala Desa harus bekerja di
rumahnya. Tetapi rumahnya kecil sekali. Kalau ada kantor di desa Muncul Bapak Kepala
Desa bisa .... Kami ingin sekali ....
(d) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa Muncul banyak orang yang miskin.
Mereka tidak punya pekerjaan. Kalau ada pabrik di desa Muncul orang-orang miskin
bisa .... Kami ingin sekali ....
(e) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada lapangan olahraga atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak
kami suka sekali bermain badminton, tenis dan sepak bola, tetapi tidak ada lapangan atau
gedung untuk mereka. Mereka harus bermain di jalan! Kalau ada lapangan olahraga atau
gedung olahraga masyarakat di desa kami bisa… Kami ingin sekali…
Role Play: Berwawancara Dengan Seorang Petani
Carefully read (i) the information in Pekerjaan Seorang Petani as well as (ii) the interview
between the visitor from Universitas Widya Buana and Bapak and Ibu Karyono and (iii) the aspirations of the people of Muncul as sketched in Exercise 64-02. Learn by heart as much of these
three sources as you can. Taking the interview as your beginning point, but fleshing it out with
words and phrases taken from the reading passage and Exercise 64-02, recreate the interview in
a role play involving three actors. If necessary make big (or small) cue cards that you can glance
at while you are rehearsing. Repeat the role play several times until you are confident that you
have mastered the basic questions, answers, events and issues without using cue cards. Then go
back over the material you have studied in Modules One to Four, ransacking them for ideas and
words that you can use to bulk up the role play, making it longer, more diverse and more interesting. For example, go back to Lesson 55 in which there is a debate about the merits of living in the
country and the city. Add your own personal touches to the role play (but make sure your Indonesian is grammatically correct).
When you have mastered the role play smoothly and creatively, try using some of its themes,
phrases and words as a kick-off point for the development of a new role play in which people
from other occupations are interviewed. Try role playing an interview with, for example, a waiter or
Lesson 65
waitress (pelayan), a shop assistant (karyawan toko), a university student (mahasiswa), a housewife (ibu rumah tangga), a public servant (pegawai negeri) or a businessman / businesswoman
(pengusaha).
An Interview With Two Villagers
Below is the possible continuation of the interview that you listened to at the beginning
of this lesson. Listen to Sound File 065-02 before reading the transcription.
Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada pasar. Orang di desa kami harus pergi ke
Banyubiru untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang.
Apakah transportasi ke desa lain sulit?
Ya...tidak juga tapi perlu waktu yang cukup lama.
Apa ada lagi masalah besar di kampung ini?
Kami juga perlu sekali dokter perempuan.
Mengapa?
Ya di sini sudah ada dokter laki-laki tetapi ibu-ibu lebih suka berobat ke dokter
perempuan karena mereka lebih mudah berbicara dengan dokter perempuan.
Ada lagi?
Ya...di sini belum ada sekolah menengah. Yang ada hanya SD. Jadi anak-anak kami
setelah SD harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk bersekolah di SMP dan SMA.
O begitu. Lalu apakah ada masalah lain, Bu?
Di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa kami banyak juga orang yang belum bekerja.
Kalau ada pabrik pasti mereka dapat bekerja. Dan ekonomi desa kami akan lebih baik.
Ada masalah lainnya?
Ada satu lagi. Di desa kami tidak ada lapangan atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak kami
sangat suka berolahraga seperti sepak bola dan badminton. Tapi tidak ada lapangan atau
gedung untuk mereka.
Lesson 65
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
bangun
to follow, go along
mencari
to sell something
barang
to worship, to pray
menjual
for example
bersembahyang
cake
misalnya
to look for, to seek
bertanya
to do (something)
pembangunan
female
ikut
to get up
perempuan
development
kue
food
rapat
a meeting
lakukan
to ask a question
sampai
too
lalu
community, society
sebelum
to drop by
makanan
a thing, goods
singgah
until (a certain time)
masyarakat
to take, bring, carry
terlalu
before
membawa
ago, last
Latihan 2—An Interview with Two Villagers
Read the interview and decide whether the following statements are right or wrong.
1. On Sundays Pak Yono wakes up later because he does not work.
BENAR
SALAH
2. On Sundays Pak Yono goes to church.
BENAR
SALAH
3. Pak Yono prepares his lunch in the field.
BENAR
SALAH
4. Pak Yono buys stuff at the market but he never sells anything.
BENAR
SALAH
5. The tamu (guest) asks whether Bu Yono also earns money. What phrase is used for “to
earn money”? ___________
6. Pak Yono occasionally purchases various agricultural tools on the market. What is the
word for “all kinds of tools”? ___________
7. Ibu Karyono also has to attend meetings. What is the word for “meeting”? _______
8.
Bu Yono says that her village faces many problematic issues. What is the word for “issue, problem”? ___________
Lesson 65
Latihan 3—Menyimak
Listen to Sound File 065-01 and fill in the blanks.
Selamat sore, Bapak dan Ibu. Saya perlu informasi tentang __________ seorang petani.
Apakah saya boleh __________ sedikit kepada Bapak dan Ibu?
Silakan.
Biasanya jam __________ Bapak bangun?
Biasanya saya bangun sebelum jam lima pagi tetapi pada hari Minggu saya bangun kira-kira jam enam.
Lalu apa yang Bapak __________?
Saya bersembahyang dan __________, lalu saya pergi ke sawah.
Berapa lama Bapak bekerja di sawah?
Saya tidak pernah pulang sebelum jam sepuluh pagi dan biasanya saya bekerja di sawah sampai jam dua siang, kadang-kadang __________ sore.
Apakah Bapak juga makan di sawah?
Ya. Istri saya selalu membawa __________ untuk saya.
O __________. Bu, boleh saya bertanya kepada Ibu?
Silakan.
Apakah Ibu juga ikut __________ uang?
Ya. Saya membuat kue dan roti yang saya __________ di pasar Banyubiru.
Apakah Bapak juga ikut __________ roti dan kue?
O, tidak pernah. Bapak tidak pandai menjual barang-barang di pasar. Tetapi kadang-kadang dia berbelanja di __________.
Bapak perlu membeli apa di pasar?
Biasanya saya mencari pakaian. Kadang-kadang saya juga perlu alat-alat untuk
__________ saya.
Lesson 65
Bu, apakah Ibu juga kadang-kadang menjual __________ dan roti di pasar Salatiga atau
di pasar Ambarawa?
Tidak pernah. Salatiga dan Ambarawa __________ jauh untuk saya.
Apakah Ibu juga ikut __________ desa dengan Bapak?
Kadang-kadang, tetapi saya selalu ikut rapat ibu-ibu di __________ kami.
O, ada rapat ibu-ibu?
__________.
Apa yang Ibu __________ dalam rapat-rapat itu?
Kami berbicara tentang masalah-masalah di kampung kami. Kami __________ perempuan di desa kami dan kami juga bercakap-cakap tentang program pembangunan
__________ di desa kami.
Hmmm, bagus. Jadi, tidak ada masalah besar di desa Bapak dan Ibu?
Aduh! Ada! Banyak juga __________ di desa kami.
Misalnya?
Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada...
Latihan 4—Isian
Listen to Sound File 065-02 and fill in the blanks.
__________, di desa kami perlu sekali ada pasar. Orang di desa kami harus pergi ke
Banyubiru untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang.
Apakah transportasi ke desa __________ sulit?
Ya... tidak juga tapi perlu __________ yang cukup lama.
Apa ada lagi __________ besar di kampung ini?
Lesson 65
Kami juga perlu sekali __________ perempuan.
Mengapa?
Ya di sini sudah ada dokter laki-laki tetapi ibu-ibu lebih suka berobat ke dokter
perempuan karena mereka lebih __________ berbicara dengan dokter perempuan.
Ada lagi?
Ya...di sini belum ada sekolah __________. Yang ada hanya SD. Jadi anak-anak kami
setelah SD harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk bersekolah di SMP dan SMA.
O begitu. __________ apakah ada masalah lain, Bu?
Di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa kami banyak juga orang yang belum bekerja.
Kalau ada pabrik __________ mereka dapat bekerja. Dan ekonomi desa kami akan
lebih baik.
Ada masalah lainnya?
Ada satu lagi. Di desa kami tidak ada __________ atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak
kami sangat suka berolahraga seperti sepak bola dan badminton. Tapi tidak ada
lapangan atau __________ untuk mereka.
Latihan 5—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
3.
to pray
4.
to ask
6.
a meeting
8.
to do (something)
10. to get up (out of bed)
11. to go/come along
13. to look for, to seek
14. before (a certain time/event)
15. until (a certain time)
16. for example
17. then, after that
18. to drop by, to make a short stop
Menurun:
1.
economic development
2.
female
5.
too (as in “too much”)
7.
to sell something
9.
cake
12. to take, to bring
13. food
Lesson 66
66 Mengucapkan Huruf Abjad
Aims
• To learn how to
pronounce the letters
of the Indonesian
alphabet and use
them in abbreviations.
Vocabulary Review
Di Indonesia, banyak anak-anak di samping abjad Latin, juga belajar abjad Arab
This work by Damon Taylor is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 Generic License
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in
previous lessons. Make sure
that you remember their
meanings.
alamat
address
di samping itu
in addition to that
bagaimana
how
kata
word
berasal (dari)
to originate (from)
maaf
sorry
bertanya
to ask
mencari
to look for
boleh
may, can
mengucapkan
to pronounce, to say
Saying the Alphabet in Indonesian
You may have noticed already that abbreviations are often used in Indonesian. There are literally thousands of commonly used acronyms
and abbreviations, and they pop up in profusion in every domain of life.
It is important to be able to recognise and use the most frequent
ones, and it is equally important to pronounce them correctly. Homework is known as PR, pronounced “pe er”, and a first aid kit is known in Indonesian as P3K pronounced “pe tiga ka”, where the 3 indicates that the letter P occurs three times. P3K is the abbreviation of Pertolongan Pertama Pada Kecelakaan (first aid in an accident).
In all languages that use the Roman, also called the Latin, alphabet, each letter of the language
has its own name. These “names” usually mimic the way the letter is pronounced, but in English
the name of a letter is not always related to its pronunciation. The letter W is called “double u” because it is a novel letter composed of a reduplicated U (which historically was written V).
Lesson 66
In Indonesian, if you spell the letters of the alphabet, their “names” always correctly reproduce
the sound the letter. Listen to the Sound File 066-01 and try to memorise the alphabet.
Letter
Sound
Letter
Sound
Letter
Sound
Letter
Sound
a
a
h
ha
o
o
v
ve
b
be
i
i
p
pe
w
we
c
ce
j
je
q
ki
x
eks
d
de
k
ka
r
er
y
ye
e
e
l
el
s
es
z
zet
f
ef
m
em
t
te
g
ge
n
en
u
u
Cara Indonesia: The Alphabet and History
The Indonesian term for “alphabet” is abjad, and for “letter (of the
alphabet)” huruf. Both these words are borrowed from Arabic. Just as the
English word “alphabet” derives from the first two letters of the Greek alphabet (alpha and beta), so too the Arabic term abjad is a snapshot of the first
four letters of the Arabic alphabet (ā b j d). And just as the English words “letter” and “literally” are etymologically related (both ultimately descended from
the Latin litera), so too in Indonesian the words huruf (letter) and harafiah (literally) are derived from the same Arabic root: h-r-f.
The Indonesian alphabet, with its combination of Arabic terminology and
European letters that are pronounced Dutchstyle, preserves a memory of the history of literacy in Indonesia. With the arrival of Islam the Arabic abjad became
widely used in the islands of Indonesia, but during the era of Dutch
colonial rule it was almost wholly displaced in everyday life by the
Western European alphabet inherited from the Roman empire.
Learn to say the huruf in alphabetical order first, then using flashcards with a single letter written on each, practise saying the letters
of the abjad in random or shuffled order. Then take some common
abbreviations from your own environment and practise saying them
Indonesian-style.
Right: Belajar Abjad ABC. © Titik Yuni
Mohon Perhatian!!
It is still quite common to hear variant pronunciations of the letters of the abjad.
For example, the letter C is still quite often pronounced like “say” as it used to be
before the spelling reform of 1972. In Module 3 of The Indonesian Way you met the
term WC (a toilet) which is still widely pronounced “way say” rather than “way chay”
(although the latter pronunciation is sometimes heard too). Similarly the term AC (air
conditioning) is usually pronounced “ah say”. Sometimes too you hear people use
“ee grek” for the letter Y and “koo” for the letter Q. But these are exceptions for noting only. Apart
from saying “way say” and “ah say” you probably won’t need to practise using them.
Lesson 66
Asking How Something Is Spelled / Written / Pronounced
Your name may be unfamiliar to the Indonesian people you meet and you may have to spell it
out letter by letter. Also, as you study the Indonesian language you will often encounter difficult
personal names or place names, not to mention ordinary items of vocabulary. You will need to ask
about the spelling of these words and recognise this spelling when it is spoken to you. To ask
how something is spelled you say:
Bagaimana ejaannya?
How is it spelled?
Bagaimana ejaan nama teman Anda?
What is the spelling of your friend’s name?
Bagaimana tulisannya?
How is it written?
Similarly, when you read a word or name (or hear it indistinctly), it may not be clear to you how
it should be pronounced, so you may need to ask:
Bagaimana ucapannya?
How is it pronounced?
Bagaimana ejaan kata “air”?
How do you spell the word “air”?
Siapa nama Bapak?
Nama saya Sudibyo.
Maaf siapa?
Sudibyo.
Bagaimana tulisannya?
es u de i be ye o.
Terima kasih, Pak. Maaf, Pak, sekali
lagi bagaimana ucapannya?
su di byo.
Sudibyo. Terima kasih. Bapak berasal
dari mana?
Saya dari Wates.
Wates? Bagaimana ejaannya, Pak?
we a te e es.
Wa...tes. Hm, ucapannya bagaimana?
Wates.
Wates. Terima kasih, Pak.
Terima kasih kembali.
Abbreviations
A huge number of abbreviations are used in official contexts as well as in everyday life
in Indonesia. Here are some of them. Listen to Sound File 066-03.
TNI
Tentara Nasional Indonesia (The National Army of Indonesia)
RRC
Republik Rakyat Cina (The Chinese People’s Republic)
Lesson 66
UI
Universitas Indonesia (The University of Indonesia)
UGM
Universitas Gadjah Mada (Gadjah Mada University)
OPM
Organisasi Papua Merdeka (The Free Papua Movement)
TVRI
Televisi Republik Indonesia (Indonesia’s State TV station)
SH
Sarjana Hukum (the Master of Law degree)
VW
Volkswagen (the well-known German make of cars)
Role Play: Getting The Details Right
Imagine that you are a reporter (seorang wartawan), a researcher (seorang peneliti), a census
official (seorang pegawai dari kantor sensus) or an office clerk (seorang pegawai kantor). With a
fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, devise a dialogue in which you quiz a older person on
their personal details. Use Bapak and Ibu, the second person pronouns that are appropriate for
addressing an older person whom you don’t know well.You need to be sure that you record their
details with perfect accuracy, concentrating particularly on the spelling and pronunciation of personal names and place names. You verify the accuracy of the information you are recording by
asking:
and
Bagaimana tulisannya?
Bagaimana ejaanya?
Bagaimana ucapannya?
Go back to the model dialogue (Sound File 066-02
go. Notice especially the use of these terms:
Maaf? (when you haven’t heard clearly or didn’t understand)
Sorry?
Sekali lagi. (when you want someone to repeat what they just said)
Once again/Once more.
The questions you ask will probably include:
Siapa nama Bapak/Ibu?
Bapak/Ibu berasal dari mana?
Apa alamat Bapak/Ibu?
Di mana Bapak/Ibu bekerja?
Di mana Bapak/Ibu bersekolah dulu?
Siapa nama anak Bapak/Ibu?
Siapa nama orang tua Bapak/Ibu?
When you feel that you are saying the spelling of personal names and places names accurately, swap roles and take on new roles. Don’t forget to begin each round of practice by identifying yourself and making a polite request to ask questions. For example…
Selamat pagi, Bu. Saya wartawan dari surat kabar Berita Baru. Saya mencari
sedikit informasi. Apakah saya boleh bertanya kepada Ibu?
Lesson 66
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
alamat
to ask
boleh
sorry
bagaimana
address
kata
can, may
berasal
how
maaf
to look for
bertanya
come from
mencari
word
Latihan 2—How Would You Spell This Word?
Write it down as if you were to spell it to someone (e.g. for ibu the spelling would be “i be
u”, for bapak “be a pe a ka”)
1. Arifin
............................................................................................................................
2. Jakarta
............................................................................................................................
3. Susanti
............................................................................................................................
4. valuta
............................................................................................................................
5. Yogya
............................................................................................................................
6. New York
............................................................................................................................
7. Sphinx
............................................................................................................................
8. Qatar
............................................................................................................................
9. rakyat
............................................................................................................................
10. Abdullah
............................................................................................................................
Latihan 3—Abbreviations
Listen to Sound File 066-03 and write down the abbreviations you hear.
1.
..........................................................................
2.
..........................................................................
3.
..........................................................................
4.
..........................................................................
5.
..........................................................................
6.
..........................................................................
7.
..........................................................................
8.
..........................................................................
Lesson 66
Latihan 4—Abbreviation and Spelling
Write down the abbreviation and spelling of the full terms below.
Full Term
Partai Kebangkitan Bangsa
Abbreviation
Spelling
PKB
pe ka be
Radio Republik Indonesia
Hotel Indonesia
Republik Indonesia
Bahan Bakar Minyak
Gereja Kristen Indonesia
Partai Demokrasi Indonesia
Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat
Perusahaan Listrik Negara
Rajawali Citra Televisi Indonesia
Latihan 5—Rangkai Kata
Word order in nonverbal clauses is flexible. Usually the subject precedes the predicate which
contains the new information. So if you are asked “Who is your teacher?” you put the new information (the fact that your teacher is Pak Hamid) into the predicate: “Guru saya Pak Hamid”. The
predicate may also precede the subject: “Pak Hamid guru saya”. This is usually done in order to
emphasise the predicate: “Mr. Hamid is my teacher.”
Note that question words (siapa, apa, di mana etc) when they are predicate usually precede the
subject: “Siapa guru Anda?” is more common than “Guru Anda siapa?” but both constructions
are grammatically perfectly acceptable.
Subject – Predicate
Rumah saya besar.
Siapa nama Bapak?
Rumah itu masih baru.
Anda mau pergi ke mana?
Alamat rumah Bapak apa?
Bapak bekerja di mana?
Bapak bersekolah di mana dulu?
Nama anak Bapak siapa?
Harganya berapa?
Bajumu bagus sekali.
Predicate – Subject
Besar rumah saya.
Translation
My house is big.
Lesson 66
Latihan 6—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
2.
to pronounce
4.
researcher
8.
pronunciation
Menurun:
1.
to go to school
3.
alphabet
5.
writing
6.
letter (in an alphabet)
7.
spelling
Lesson 67
67 Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah
Aims
• To learn some important items of vocabulary needed to talk about
schooling.
• To make a start reading semi-technical Indonesian and talking about
schools
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
bagian
section, department
menyimpan
to keep, to store
bersembahyang
to do prayers
misalnya
for example
daerah
region, area
pekerjaan
job, occupation
hampir
almost
penting
important
hp
cellphone
rapat
a meeting
jadi
so
sampai
until
jenis
type
sejarah
history
kebun
garden
sekolah dasar
primary school
kemerdekaan
independence
sekolah menengah
a secondary school
kerajinan tangan
handicrafts
selalu
always
lantai
floor
wisatawan
tourist
menyapu
to sweep
Before, After, Above and Below
The prepositions sebelum (before), sesudah (after), di atas (above) and di bawah (below) have
appeared in previous lessons of The Indonesian Way. Let’s review them briefly.
Sebelum and sesudah can appear before a noun or name, and before a verb. In the latter case
the verb is the counterpart of the English gerund, or the –ing form of a verb, in phrases like “before going”, “after eating” etc.
Sebelum saya bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu.
Before I do my prayers I always take a bath first.
Lesson 67
Sebelum bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu.
Before doing my prayers I always take a bath first.
Sesudah Sarah pulang dia makan dengan suaminya.
After Sarah comes home she has a meal with her husband.
Sesudah pulang Sarah makan dengan suaminya.
After coming home Sarah has a meal with her husband.
Sebelum itu and sebelumnya (before that, prior to that) and sesudah itu or sesudahnya (after
that, later) are very common and very useful conjunctions.
Depending on context, di atas can mean “on top of” and also “above” or “over” or “up there”.
Similarly di bawah can mean “underneath”, but also “below” or “beneath” or “down there”. Ke
atas and ke bawah suggest movement towards a place.
Dia duduk di atas meja!
She sat on top of the table!
Pesawat terbang lewat di atas pulau kecil.
The plane passed over a small island.
Mereka berjalan ke atas.
They walked up to the top.
Wisatawan itu melihat ke bawah.
The tourist looked down.
Both atas and bawah can function as adjectives, usually meaning “upper” and “lower” respectively.
lantai atas
the upper floor(s)
(e.g. of a building)
sekolah menengah atas
upper middle school
i.e. high school
kelas atas
the upper class
lantai bawah
the lower floor(s)
(e.g. of a building)
bagian bawah
the lower part
kelas bawah
the lower class
Sistem Pendidikan di Indonesia (Bagian Satu)
The main goal of this Module is to give you the capacity to talk about work and occupations,
especially in the context of an interview for a job. To do this well you need to be able to ask and
answer questions about schooling, especially schooling in Indonesia.
Lesson 67
Here is the first part of some basic information about school education in Indonesia (the
second part follows in the next lesson). This is a passage of semi-technical Indonesian. Read it
through carefully checking for unfamiliar words in the vocabulary cards for this lesson.
Listen to Sound File 067-02. When you have finished listening to the sound file and
reading the transcription, test your understanding of this text by doing Latihan 3–5.
Jenis-Jenis Sekolah
Di Indonesia ada bermacam-macam sekolah. Misalnya ada sekolah negeri, ada juga sekolah swasta. Ada sekolah umum, ada juga sekolah kejuruan. Ada sekolah pagi, ada juga sekolah siang. Ada
sekolah dasar, dan ada juga sekolah menengah.
Dan ada juga sekolah internasional yang memakai bahasa Inggris, bahasa Jepang, bahasa Prancis
dan bahasa-bahasa lain. Anak Indonesia boleh
bersekolah di sekolah internasional tetapi sekolah
internasional tidak termasuk dalam sistem pendidikan sekolah di Indonesia.
Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-guru
di sekolah negeri itu pegawai negeri. Sekolah
swasta itu milik organisasi swasta. Organisasi swasta sebagian besar organisasi agama. Ada
banyak sekolah milik organisasi-organisasi Islam. Ada juga sekolah Katolik, sekolah Kristen dan sekolah Hindu. Guru-guru di sekolah swasta bukan pegawai negeri. Ada sekolah
umum yang memberikan bermacam-macam mata pelajaran umum tetapi ada juga sekolah
kejuruan. Di sana anak dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam pekerjaan. Semua sekolah
memberikan mata pelajaran “muatan lokal”. Dalam mata pelajaran “muatan lokal” anak-anak belajar tentang hal-hal yang penting untuk daerah tempat mereka tinggal. Oleh karena itu setiap daerah di Indonesia mempunyai kurikulum yang sedikit berbeda dengan
kurikulum di daerah-daerah lain.
Gedung sekolah di Indonesia masih kurang banyak. Oleh karena itu ada sekolah yang memakai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja, mulai jam tujuh pagi sampai jam 12 siang. Lalu
ada sekolah lain yang memakai gedung itu pada siang hari, mulai jam satu siang sampai
jam enam sore.
Pendidikan Dasar
Ada tiga tingkat pendidikan: pendidikan dasar, pendidikan menengah dan pendidikan
tinggi. Untuk anak yang berumur enam tahun sampai dua belas tahun ada sekolah dasar
(SD). Ada kira-kira seratus empat puluh ribu (140.000) sekolah dasar di Indonesia. Hampir di setiap desa ada sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar anak belajar membaca dan menulis.
Mereka juga belajar matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar, bahasa Indonesia, sejarah
Indonesia, sejarah dunia, agama, ilmu bumi Indonesia, ilmu bumi dunia, kerajinan tangan
dan menyanyi. Di samping itu, mereka belajar olahraga seperti sepak bola, bulu tangkis
dan bola voli. Biasanya ada kebun di sekolah dasar dan anak juga menanam sayur-sayuran
dan bermacam-macam tanaman lain. Di samping bekerja di kebun anak-anak juga harus
menyapu gedung sekolah dan halaman sekolah.
Lesson 67
Exercise 67-01—Indonesia’s Complex School System
As you can see from Bagian Satu of Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia, Indonesia’s
school system is quite complex. There are at least eight variables that determine what a sekolah is
like:
negeri
swasta
umum
kejuruan
pagi
siang
dasar
menengah
Go to the internet, or to whatever other reliable sources you can find, and craft some authentic-sounding names for three imaginary (or real) Indonesian schools.
Then…
(i) refer to the list of variables above, and (ii) lift phrases and words from “Sistem Pendidikan
Sekolah di Indonesia” to record brief profiles for each of the three schools, perhaps eight or ten
sentences for each school (more if you can manage it). Make each school as different as possible
from the others. Record complete sentences and use your imagination to add unique details for
each school. For example, say very precisely where the school is (di Jalan _____, di samping…, di
dekat…, tidak jauh dari….). How many anak study at the school, how many guru teach at the
school, and how many pegawai work in the office at the school? What is the name of the kepala
sekolah?
When you are satisfied that your profiles are in correct Indonesian and as detailed as possible,
learn the main features of each profile by heart and present the information in fluent, confident, clear spoken Indonesian.
For example you might start as Sound File 067-03:
S
aya ingin memberikan sedikit informasi tentang tiga sekolah di Indonesia. Pertama-tama, Sekolah Dasar Kemiri. Sekolah Dasar Kemiri di desa Simpang tidak jauh dari pusat
kota Padang di Sumatra Barat. Tiga ratus anak bersekolah di sekolah itu, dan ada dua puluh guru. Jadi sekolah itu tidak kecil tetapi juga tidak besar sekali. Sekolah itu sekolah negeri. Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-guru di Sekolah Dasar Kemiri itu pegawai
negeri.
You can also do this exercise with a tutor or with other learners. In this case you can turn this
exercise into an interactive one having your audience ask you questions after you have finished,
or better still, they should interrupt you (Permisi…) as you speak. Some of their questions might
start like this:
Ada berapa …. di sekolah itu?
Apakah sekolah itu sekolah negeri / besar / modern / … … … ?
Apakah ada …. di sekolah itu?
Di sekolah itu, apakah anak-anak dapat belajar … ?
Lesson 67
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
bagian
region, subdistrict of larger territory
bersembahyang
almost
daerah
mobile phone, hand phone
hampir
so
HP
to pray, to worship
jadi
a part
jenis
to store
kebun
handicrafts
kemerdekaan
the floor
kerajinan tangan
type
lantai
national/political independence
menyimpan
garden, plantation
Latihan 2—Kosa Kata Lalu II
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. misalnya
a. important
2. pekerjaan
b. until (a certain time)
3. penting
c. meeting
4. rapat
d. job
5. sampai
e. for example
6. sejarah
f. private, i.e. not state-owned
7. Sekolah Dasar
g. always
8. Sekolah Menengah Pertama
h. primary/elementary school
9. selalu
i. tourist
10. swasta
j. intermediate school
11. wisatawan
k. history
Lesson 67
Latihan 3—Pemahaman 1
Bacalah teks “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di
bawah ini.
1. What kind of schools exist in Indonesia?
A. There are only two kind of schools: state or private.
B. There are many different types of schools, including international schools as well.
2. Are international schools included in the school education system in Indonesia?
A. Yes, all international schools are government schools.
B. No, but Indonesian children may still attend them.
C. International schools are exclusively for foreigners.
3. Public schools belong to...
A. the government
B. private organizations
C. the tuition payers
4. What is the status of public schools teachers?
A. They are unionised workers
B. Most are volunteers
C. They are civil servants
5. Because of a lack of buildings in Indonesia, some schools are used in the morning and in
the afternoon. What is the morning schedule?
A. 5:00-10:00
B. 6:00-11:00
C. 7:00-12:00
D. 8:00-13:00
6. How many levels of education are there in Indonesia?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
7. According to the passage, what is the approximate number of primary schools (sekolah
dasar) in Indonesia?
A. 50,000
B. 80,000
C. 120,000
D. 140,000
8. What facilities are commonly found in Indonesian primary schools?
A. Swimming pools
B. Photography laboratories
C. Educational gardens
D. Basket ball courts
Lesson 67
Latihan 4—Pemahaman 2
Bacalah teks “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di
bawah ini.
1. Ada lebih dari dua ratus ribu sekolah dasar di Indonesia.
A. Benar
B. Salah
2. Ada sekolah swasta Hindu di Indonesia.
A. Benar
B. Salah
3. Ada sekolah yang memakai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja.
A. Benar
B. Salah
4. Anak-anak di sekolah dasar membersihkan gedung sekolah dan halaman sekolah.
A. Benar
B. Salah
5. Biasanya anak belajar di SD selama dua tahun.
A. Benar
B. Salah
6. Dalam mata pelajaran “muatan lokal” anak-anak belajar tentang hal-hal yang penting untuk daerah tempat tinggal mereka .
A. Benar
B. Salah
7. Di Indonesia ada juga sekolah yang memakai bahasa Jepang.
A. Benar
B. Salah
8. Gedung sekolah di Indonesia sudah cukup banyak.
A. Benar
B. Salah
9. Guru-guru di sekolah negeri bukan pegawai negeri.
A. Benar
B. Salah
10. Semua kurikulum di Indonesia sama saja di semua daerah.
A. Benar
B. Salah
Latihan 5—Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia
Dengarkanlah Rekaman 067-02 dan lengkapilah kalimat di bawah ini.
Di Indonesia ada bermacam-macam sekolah. Misalnya ada sekolah negeri, ada juga
sekolah _____________. Ada sekolah umum, ada juga sekolah _____________. Ada seko-
Lesson 67
lah pagi, ada juga sekolah siang. Ada sekolah dasar, dan ada juga _____________. Dan
ada juga sekolah internasional yang memakai bahasa Inggris, bahasa Jepang, bahasa
Prancis dan bahasa-bahasa lain. Anak Indonesia boleh bersekolah di sekolah internasional tetapi sekolah internasional tidak termasuk dalam _____________ pendidikan sekolah
di Indonesia.
Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-guru di sekolah _____________ itu pegawai negeri. Sekolah swasta itu milik organisasi swasta. Organisasi swasta _____________ organisasi agama. Ada banyak sekolah milik organisasi-organisasi Islam. Ada juga sekolah
Katolik, sekolah Kristen dan sekolah Hindu. Guru-guru di sekolah swasta bukan pegawai
negeri. Ada sekolah umum yang memberikan bermacam-macam _____________ umum
tetapi ada juga sekolah kejuruan. Di sana anak dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam
pekerjaan. Semua sekolah memberikan mata pelajaran “muatan lokal”. Dalam mata pelajaran “muatan lokal” anak-anak belajar tentang hal-hal yang penting untuk daerah tempat mereka tinggal. Oleh karena itu setiap daerah di Indonesia mempunyai
_____________ yang sedikit berbeda dengan kurikulum di daerah-daerah lain.
Gedung sekolah di Indonesia masih kurang banyak. Oleh karena itu ada sekolah yang
memakai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja, mulai jam tujuh pagi sampai jam 12 siang.
Lalu ada sekolah lain yang memakai gedung itu pada siang hari, mulai jam satu siang
sampai jam enam sore.
Ada tiga tingkat pendidikan: pendidikan _____________, pendidikan menengah dan pendidikan tinggi. Untuk anak yang berumur enam tahun sampai dua belas tahun ada sekolah dasar (SD). Ada kira-kira seratus empat puluh ribu (140.000) sekolah dasar di Indonesia. Hampir di setiap desa ada sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar anak _____________
membaca dan menulis. Mereka juga belajar matematika dasar, _____________ dasar, bahasa Indonesia, sejarah Indonesia, sejarah dunia, agama, ilmu bumi Indonesia, ilmu bumi
_____________, kerajinan tangan dan menyanyi. Di samping itu, mereka belajar bermain
olahraga seperti sepak bola, bulu tangkis dan bola voli. Biasanya ada kebun di sekolah
dasar dan anak juga menanam sayur-sayuran dan bermacam-macam _____________
lain. Di samping bekerja di kebun anak-anak juga membersihkan gedung _____________
dan halaman sekolah.
Lesson 67
Latihan 6—Jawab Singkat
Insert one of these words or phrases into the gap in each sentence below.Only one of the
words/phrases makes good sense in the context of the sentence and fits grammatically, so
make sure you understand the sentence very accurately before you choose the word/phrase
to complete it: di atas, di bawah, sebelum, sesudah, sebelumnya/sebelum itu, sesudah itu
1. _________ saya datang Yeni sudah datang lebih dulu.
2. Ada kuliah jam empat tetapi _________, kira-kira jam dua, ada rapat.
3. Telstra Tower berdiri ____________ Black Mountain di Canberra.
4. Ibu Daryanto duduk di kursi dan kucingnya si Bleki duduk ___________ kursi itu.
5. Apakah Hari Kemerdekaan Indonesia sebelum atau ________ tanggal 15 Agustus?
6. Kamarnya di lantai dua, jauh ________ lantai 10.
7. Kita akan makan dulu dan _________ kita akan menonton film.
8. Pesawat terbang terbang __________ Gunung Bromo.
9. Saya tidak melihat uang itu karena Anda menyimpan uang itu ________ buku.
10. Kalau mau bertemu dengan saya di rumah jangan datang _______ jam enam karena saya
baru pulang jam enam.
Latihan 7—Menyimak
Sebelum and sesudah can appear before a noun or name, and before a verb. In the latter case
the verb is the counterpart of the English gerund, or the –ing form of a verb, in phrases like “before going”, “after eating” etc.
Depending on context, di atas can mean “on top of” and also “above” or “over” or “up there”.
Similarly di bawah can mean “underneath”, but also “below” or “beneath” or “down there”. Ke
atas and ke bawah suggest movement towards a place.
Listen to Sound File 067-04 and match the recordings of the eight sentences with their
translations.
1.
a. Then I’ll ask my friends for information, and I will try out several
mobiles.
2.
b. Only after that will I buy the mobile phone.
3.
c. That cat sat on top of the table.
4.
d. They walked up to the top.
5.
e. The plane passed over a small island.
6.
f. The tourist looked down.
7.
g. After coming home she has a meal with her husband.
8.
h. Before I do my prayers I always take a bath first.
Lesson 67
Latihan 8—Rangkai Kata
Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti:
1. “Before praying I always take a bath first.”
Sebelum—selalu—mandi—saya—bersembahyang—dulu.
2. “After Sarah comes home she has a meal with her husband.”
Sesudah—makan—dengan—Sarah—pulang—suaminya.
3. “Only after that will I buy the mobile phone.”
Sesudah—baru—saya—itu—akan—membeli—HP.
4. “The plane passed over a small island.”
Pesawat—lewat—di—pulau—terbang—atas—kecil.
5. “I go now to Kemiri Primary School.”
Saya—sekarang—Sekolah—di—bersekolah—Dasar—Kemiri.
Latihan 9—Jenis-jenis Sekolah
As you can see from “Bagian Satu” of “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” Indonesia’s
school system is quite complex. There are at least eight variables that determine what a sekolah is
like. Match the Indonesian word to English.
1. sekolah negeri
a. primary school
2. sekolah swasta
b. public school
3. sekolah umum
c. secondary school
4. sekolah kejuruan
d. private school
5. sekolah pagi
e. day school
6. sekolah siang
f. vocational school
7. sekolah dasar
g. general school
8. sekolah menengah
h. morning school
Lesson 67
Latihan 10—Kosa Kata I
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. atas
a. to differ, to be not the same
2. bawah
b. the world
3. berbeda
c. matter, a thing to be considered
4. dasar
d. there is/are not enough
5. dunia
e. vocational
6. hal
f. science
7. ilmu pengetahuan
g. curriculum
8. kejuruan
h. basic, fundamental
9. kurang ada
i. a subject (of study at school)
10. kurikulum
j. first
11. lebih dulu
k. lower, below
12. mata pelajaran
l. upper, above, up, over
Latihan 11—Kosa Kata II
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. milik
a. plant
2. muatan lokal
b. from, to begin, start
3. mulai
c. the property of, belonging to
4. negeri
d. a system
5. pendidikan
e. level, stage
6. sebagian besar
f. secondary school
7. sekolah menengah
g. a large part, most
8. sistem
h. included in, is a part of
9. tanaman
i. (adj) state, government owned
10. termasuk
j. local content
11. tingkat
k. general, public
12. umum
l. education
Lesson 67
Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
1.
level, stage
4.
to differ, to not
be the same
5.
system
6.
vocational
7.
the floor
8.
general, public
10. to store
12. matter (to
consider)
14. a part
16. from, begin
18. education
20. basic
Menurun:
1.
included in
2.
curriculum
3.
to pray
4.
lower
9.
a plant
11. state,
government
13. almost
15. the world
17. property of
19. upper
Lesson 68
68 Berbicara tentang Pendidikan
Aims
• To learn the main items of vocabulary needed to talk about secondary-level schooling
• To talk about your own schooling
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
alat
a device, a tool
pintar
smart, clever
dasar
basic
pekerjaan
occupation
dunia
world
petani
a farmer
ilmu pengetahuan
science
pertanyaan
a question
kejuruan
vocational
pohon
a tree
kimia
chemistry
rusak
broken, out of order
mata pelajaran
a subject, a course
sapi
cattle, a cow, a bull
memelihara
to keep, raise
sebagai
as
memperbaiki
to repair, to fix
sejarah
history
menanam
to plant, grow sth
selesai
finished
menarik
interesting
setelah
after
mengetik
to type
tentu saja
of course, certainly
mengurus
to manage
tinggi
high, tall
menjual
to sell something
tukang listrik
an electrician
montir
a mechanic
tukang masak
a chef, a cook
padi
rice plant
umum
public, general
pandai
smart, clever
Lesson 68
Sistem Pendidikan di Indonesia (Bagian Dua)
In Lesson 67 you made a start reading semi-technical Indonesian on the subject of
schooling in Indonesia. Here is the second part of this description. Read it carefully checking for unfamiliar words in the word list for this lesson. Listen to Sound File 068-01.
Pendidikan Menengah & Pendidikan Kejuruan
Pendidikan Menengah
esudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah dasar, anak-anak masuk sekolah menengah.
Biasanya mereka masuk sekolah menengah kira-kira pada umur 12 atau 13 tahun. Ada
berbagai sekolah menengah. Pertama-tama, ada dua tingkat sekolah menengah: Sekolah
Menengah Pertama (SMP) dan Sekolah Menengah Atas (SMA). SMP masih memberikan
mata pelajaran dasar: matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar, agama, sejarah Indonesia
dan dunia, dan tentu saja juga bahasa Indonesia. Di samping itu para siswa belajar juga bahasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris dan Mandarin dan juga ilmu pengetahuan alam seperti kimia dan fisika. Biasanya para siswa belajar di SMP selama tiga tahun sampai mereka berumur 15 atau 16 tahun.
Setelah lulus SMP para siswa masuk SMA. Pelajaran di SMA bersifat umum dengan mata
pelajaran seperti matematika, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan alam, sejarah, bahasa Indonesia
dan bahasa asing.
S
Pendidikan Kejuruan
i samping SMA yang pelajaran bersifat umum ada juga lebih dari enam ribu sekolah
menengah kejuruan (SMK). Di sekolah kejuruan para siswa belajar bermacam-macam
keterampilan seperti misalnya keterampilan bekerja sebagai tukang kayu, tukang masak, tukang listrik, montir, sekretaris, karyawan hotel dan banyak lagi. Mereka belajar tentang bisnis, akuntansi, ilmu ekonomi, cara mengetik, cara memakai komputer dan bagaimana cara
mengurus kantor dengan efisien.
D
Now test your understanding of this passage by doing Latihan 7.
Lesson 68
Islamic Education
Indonesia has a huge number of Islamic schools that operate beyond the direct jurisdiction of
the Department of National Education (Departemen Pendidikan Nasional). Many of them are traditional, independent, community schools supported and staffed by local people. Tuition in them
varies wildly across the country but usually centres on learning Arabic, reading the Koran and
studying Islamic theology, law, history and culture. Elementary-level Koranic schools are called
madrasah and more advanced schools are called pesantren (also pondok schools and pondok
pesantren) . Pesantren schools are usually under the leadership of a respected teacher (in Java,
called a kiai or kyai) who has a deep knowledge of Islam. Most offer boarding facilities for their
students. Traditionally, and to a large extent even today, pesantren students studied books of religious commentary in Arabic known as “yellow books” (kitab kuning). The style of study was – and
mostly still is – very traditional, involving rote learning of texts and unquestioning deference to the
authority of the kiai.
There is also an Islamic school system that stands somewhere between traditional Koranic
schools and state-funded secular schools. These schools offer explicitly Islamic education but
they are also state schools in the sense that they are funded and administered by the government’s Department of Religion (Departemen Agama) rather than the Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Nevertheless, they implement a curriculum similar to that of regular state (negeri) and private
(swasta) schools by including non-religious subjects like mathematics, science and English. In this
system the Madrasah Ibtidaiyah are elementary-level schools equivalent to SD schools, the Madrasah Tsanawiyah operate at the SMP level and the Madrasah Aliyah operate at the SMA level.
Religious studies are slowly becoming increasingly important in state and private schools in
which the curriculum is regulated by the Departemen Pendidikan Nasional, and conversely, “secular” studies are becoming increasingly important in Islamic schools that are regulated by the Departemen Agama. Students can, and do, move between regular schools – both negeri and swasta
– and the Islamic system.
Tingkatan Sekolah di Indonesia
Kelas
3
2
1
Jenis Sekolah
Sekolah Menengah Atas
(SMA)
Sekolah Menengah Kejuruan
(SMK)
3
2
1
Sekolah Menengah Pertama
(SMP)
6
5
4
3
2
1
Sekolah Dasar
(SD)
Lesson 68
Exercise 68-01
Using simple, correct Indonesian in complete sentences, answer these questions about your
own education. Your answer should contain somewhere in it the word/phrase given in brackets
after the question. Copy vocabulary, phrases, abbreviations and sentences from Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (bagian satu and bagian dua) to help you compile your answers, but make
sure the information you give is correct and authentic.
1. Dulu, waktu Anda bersekolah pada tingkat sekolah dasar, di mana Anda belajar? (dulu
saya belajar)
2. Anda belajar apa di sekolah dasar? (saya belajar)
3. Tahun berapa Anda masuk sekolah menengah? (pada tahun)
4. Apa nama sekolah menengah itu, dan di mana? (dan sekolah itu di)
5. Apakah sekolah menengah itu sekolah negeri atau sekolah swasta? (sekolah itu)
6. Anda belajar apa di sekolah menengah? (dan)
7. Berapa lama Anda belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah? (selama)
8. Di samping belajar mata pelajaran umum, Anda juga mengambil mata pelajaran kejuruan
yang mana? (mata pelajaran)
9. Dulu, Anda paling suka mata pelajaran yang mana? Mengapa? (karena)
10. Waktu bersekolah dulu, Anda bermain olahraga apa? (suka)
Write, then Talk, about the Education System You Know
Taking the report Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (bagian satu and bagian dua) as your
beginning point, adapt it and add to it to produce a short, semi-technical written account of the
school education system that you are most familiar with. Like Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia your report should cover
• kinds of school
• levels of schooling
• subjects studied, and
• some basic statistics about schools and schooling
When you have written a solid correct narrative, summarise its basic points and statistics in a
PowerPoint presentation. Use the PowerPoint slides as mnemonics and illustrations to help you
present a short talk in Indonesian about the school education system that you are most familiar
with.
Do not try to put the complete text of your talk in to your slideshow, just the main points and
some important statistics and perhaps some pictures or maps. Rehearse your talk several times,
refining it, editing the PowerPoint slides, checking your correctness, adding details, and increasing the length of your talk each time you repeat it.
Present your talk to your class or teacher/tutor. Invite them to ask questions (Ada pertanyaan?).
There are many kinds of questions that can be asked, but probably some of the most common
would be questions beginning with Apakah ada…? (Is there…? / Are there…?) and Ada berapa..?
(How many ___ are there…?).
Lesson 68
For example:
Permisi. Di sekolah menengah apakah ada mata pelajaran olahraga?
Menarik sekali. Ada berapa guru di sekolah itu?
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
alat
vocational
menjual
a question
dasar
history
montir
a farmer
dunia
science
padi
smart
kejuruan
tool, device
pandai
job, employment
ilmu pengetahuan
basic, primary
pintar
a mechanic
mata pelajaran
to repair or fix sth
pekerjaan
rice plant
memelihara
world
petani
clever, intelligent
memperbaiki
to keep (as a pet)
pertanyaan
to sell something
menanam
as
pohon
finished, completed
tinggi
subject
rusak
cattle, cow, ox, beef
mengatur
to type
sapi
of course
mengetik
to set
selesai
a tree
tukang listrik
high, tall
tentu saja
interesting, attractive
sebagai
public, general
menarik
broken
sejarah
to plant, grow sth
mengurus
a cook, chef
umum
an electrician
tukang masak
to manage, deal with
Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Menengah
Bacalah “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (2)” dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini.
1. Sekolah menengah refers to:
A. primary school
B. primary and intermediate school
C. intermediate and high school
D. primary, middle, and high school
2. Among the following what intermediate school subject is not mentioned in the text?
A. world history
B. economics
C. religion
D. mathematics
E. Chinese
Lesson 68
3. Do students learn foreign languages in intermediate school or do they wait until high
school?
A. Yes, they learn foreign languages at intermediate school.
B. No, they wait until high school
4. After intermediate school, some students go to high school. What is the acronym for high
school?
A. SD
B. SMP
C. SMA
Latihan 3—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Kejuruan
Bacalah “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia 2” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan berikut.
1. What is the acronym for vocational school?
A. SMP
B. SMA
C. SMK
D. SMU
2. According to the passage, how many vocational schools are there in Indonesia?
A. 3000+
B. 4000+
C. 5000+
D. 6000+
3. According to the passage, what 3 vocations can students aquire?
A. carpenter
B. electrician
C. secretary
D. musician
E. mechanic
F. hotel employee
4. Can students learn business, accounting, and economics at a vocational school?
A. Yes
B. No
5. Can students learn how to use computers and manage an office efficiently at a vocational
school?
A. Yes
B. No
Lesson 68
Latihan 4—Benar atau Salah: Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah
Bacalah bacaan “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (Bagian Dua)” di atas dan
jawablah pertanyaan di bawah ini: Benar (True) atau Salah (False)?
1. Biasanya anak-anak belajar di SMP selama enam tahun.
A. Benar
B. Salah
2. Dalam sistem pendidikan sekolah di Indonesia, SMP terletak di atas SMA.
A. Benar
B. Salah
3. Biasanya anak masuk SMA kira-kira pada umur 15 atau16 tahun.
A. Benar
B. Salah
4. Pelajaran di SMA bersifat umum.
A. Benar
B. Salah
5. Hanya ada satu macam sekolah menengah tingkat atas.
A. Benar
B. Salah
6. Ada lebih dari enam puluh ribu sekolah menengah kejuruan (SMK) di Indonesia.
A. Benar
B. Salah
7. Di sekolah-sekolah kejuruan siswa dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam ketrampilan
yang berguna untuk mencari pekerjaan.
A. Benar
B. Salah
8. Di SMK anak dapat belajar tentang cara membuat kue.
A. Benar
B. Salah
9. Ada SMK yang siswanya belajar tentang cara mengurus rumah tangga.
A. Benar
B. Salah
10. Sebelum masuk SMK siswa harus selesai dulu bersekolah pada tingkat SMP.
A. Benar
B. Salah
Lesson 68
Latihan 5—Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (Bagian Dua)
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bekerja—bersifat—cara—fisika—
ketrampilan—kimia—masuk—menengah—mengurus—para—pelajaran—seperti—siswa
Pendidikan Menengah
Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah dasar anak-anak _____________ sekolah
menengah. Biasanya mereka masuk sekolah menengah kira-kira pada umur 12 atau 13
tahun. Ada berbagai sekolah ____________. Pertama-tama, ada dua tingkat sekolah menengah: Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP) dan Sekolah Menengah Atas (SMA). SMP
masih memberikan mata __________ dasar: matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar,
agama, sejarah Indonesia dan dunia, dan tentu saja juga bahasa Indonesia. Di samping
itu __________ siswa belajar juga bahasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris dan Mandarin dan
juga ilmu pengetahuan alam seperti ____________ dan ____________. Biasanya para
____________ belajar di SMP selama tiga tahun sampai mereka berumur 15 atau 16 tahun.
Setelah lulus SMP para siswa masuk SMA. Pelajaran di SMA ____________ umum dengan mata pelajaran ____________ matematika, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan alam, sejarah, bahasa Indonesia dan bahasa asing.
Pendidikan Kejuruan
Di samping SMA yang pelajaran bersifat umum ada juga lebih dari enam ribu sekolah
menengah kejuruan (SMK). Di sekolah kejuruan para siswa belajar bermacam-macam
___________ seperti misalnya ketrampilan ____________ sebagai tukang kayu, tukang
masak, tukang listrik, montir, sekretaris, karyawan hotel dan banyak lagi. Mereka belajar
tentang bisnis, akuntansi, ilmu ekonomi, ____________ mengetik, cara memakai komputer dan bagaimana cara ____________ kantor dengan efisien.
Latihan 6—Isian
Dengarkanlah Rekaman 068-02 dan 068-03 berikut ini dan lengkapilah bacaan di bawah ini.
Nama saya Budi. Saya sekarang __________ tiga SMK Pertanian Tanjung Selor di
provinsi Kalimantan __________. Di sekolah itu saya belajar cara __________ usaha
tani. Sekarang saya sudah __________ menanam padi, sayur-sayuran, dan
___________ buah-buahan. Saya ___________ sudah pandai memelihara ayam, sapi,
Lesson 68
___________ dan kambing. Kami juga belajar ___________ cara yang baik untuk menjual
___________ pertanian, dan membuat atau ___________ alat-alat pertanian.
Nama saya Agus. Saya ____________ di SMKN 2 Sawahlunto. Di situ kami belajar
tentang mesin, alat-alat ____________ dan alat-alat elektronik ____________ radio
dan ____________. Di samping itu kami juga belajar cara ____________ alat atau
mesin yang ____________. Keterampilan itu sangat ____________. Sekarang saya sudah
____________ memperbaiki ____________ cuci dan lemari es.
Latihan 7—Menyimak
Dengarkanlah pertanyaan-pertanyaan dalam Rekaman 068-04 dan jodohkan dengan
jawaban yang benar di kolom sebelah kanan.
1.
a. Saya belajar membaca, menulis, dan berhitung pada waktu SD.
2.
b. Sekolah itu sekolah swasta.
3.
c. Saya bersekolah di SD Negeri 3 Palembang.
4.
d. Saya paling suka sejarah dunia karena saya menjadi tahu banyak
negara-negara di dunia.
5.
e. Saya belajar akuntansi dan ilmu ekonomi.
6.
f. Namanya SMP Tunas Bangsa, di Jakarta Selatan.
7.
g. Saya suka berenang dan bermain voli.
8.
h. Saya belajar selama tiga tahun.
9.
i. Saya belajar matematika, sejarah, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan
alam, juga bahasa.
10. j. Tahun 2001.
Latihan 8—Menjodohkan: Kosa Kata
Jodohkanlah kata di kolom kiri dengan terjemahannya di kolom kanan.
1. asing
a. skill(s)
2. berguna
b. in nature (adj.), having the character of
3. berkebun
c. useful
4. bersifat
d. a way to do something
5. cara
e. foreign
6. hasil
f. water buffalo
Lesson 68
7. kambing
g. result, yield
8. kerbau
h. to garden
9. ketrampilan
i. goat, also loosely: a sheep
10. lulus
j. plural marker for humans
11. menengah
k. agricultural enterprise, farm
12. mesin
l. middle-level, intermediate
13. mesin cuci
m. agriculture
14. para
n. engine, machine
15. pertanian
o. school student
16. siswa
p. washing machine
17. usaha tani
q. to pass (an exam)
Latihan 9—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
5.
finished,
completed
6.
mechanic
7.
foreign
8.
goat
11. public, general
13. tree
14. engine, machine
15. as
16. to sell something
17. farmer
18. water buffalo
Menurun:
1.
middle-level
2.
way, the way
3.
clever
4.
tall, high
9.
to garden
10. world
12. to type
Lesson 69
69 Perguruan Tinggi
Aims
• to learn the main items of vocabulary needed to talk about higher education
• to make a beginning talking about your own schooling.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
agama
a religion
mulai
to start, to begin
berbagai
various
negeri
a state, government
berguna
to be useful
pariwisata
tourism
berumur
to be in the age of
pekerjaan
job, occupation
boleh
may
pembangunan
development
dasar
basic
pendidikan
education
di samping
next to, beside
perlu
to need
hampir
almost
sangat
very, extremely
insinyur
an engineer
sejarah
history
jarang
rarely, seldom
semua
all, everything
keterampilan
a skill
sulit
difficult
kurang
not really
swasta
private
luas
wide, spacious
terlalu
too (as in too much)
lulus
to pass, graduate
tentu saja
of course
membantu
to help, to assist
termasuk
included, including
memberikan
to give something
ternyata
apparently
memilih
to choose
ujian
an exam, a test
menjadi
to become
waktu
time, when
muda
young
Lesson 69
Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia
Read the passage below about higher education institution in Indonesia. When you have
finished listening to Sound File 069-01, complete Latihan 3–6 to check your understanding.
Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia
Di Indonesia ada hampir 500 lembaga dan tiga jenis perguruan tinggi: perguruan tinggi negeri,
perguruan tinggi swasta dan perguruan tinggi kedinasan.
Di antara lembaga perguruan tinggi ada
universitas, akademi, politeknik, sekolah
tinggi dan institut. Universitas memberikan
pendidikan yang bersifat luas dengan bermacam-macam fakultas dan mata kuliah.
Ada berbagai program mulai dari Diploma
sampai program Doktor.
Siswa yang ingin masuk universitas negeri harus ikut ujian masuk yang namanya
SPMB (Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa
Baru). Kalau mereka lulus ujian SPMB mereka boleh masuk universitas negeri. Tetapi
tentu saja mereka harus memilih program
studi. Ada bermacam-macam fakultas dan
Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM) di Yogyakarta. This work by Eric Beerkens is
mata kuliah pada tingkat universitas. Misallicensed under a CC BY-NC-ND 2.0 License
nya para mahasiswa dapat belajar ilmu pengetahuan seperti ilmu kimia dan pertanian. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas hukum, kedokteran, ilmu ekonomi atau ilmu politik. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas teknik dan belajar teknik kimia atau teknik mesin. Ada juga yang belajar bahasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris, Jepang,
Jerman, Mandarin, atau Prancis. Mata kuliah sejarah atau bisnis juga populer. Atau bisa juga
mereka belajar menjadi guru di Fakultas Pendidikan.
Hampir semua provinsi mempunyai universitas negeri. Di Jakarta ada Universitas Indonesia
(UI), di Yogyakarta ada Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM), dan di Bandung ada Institut Teknologi
Bandung (ITB). UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas negeri yang besar dan terkenal. Ada juga universitas swasta yang terkenal, misalnya Universitas Trisakti (Usakti), Universitas Katolik Indonesia
Atmajaya dan Universitas Pelita Harapan (UPH).
Sekolah tinggi seperti akademi dan politeknik memberikan pendidikan kejuruan seperti teknologi informatika, pariwisata, atau akuntansi. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan mendidik mahasiswa
dari departemen pemerintah. Misalnya Sekolah Tinggi Akuntansi Negara (STAN) di Jakarta mendidik pegawai dari Departemen Keuangan dan Akademi Militer (AKMIL) di Magelang mendidik
siswa yang akan menjadi perwira dalam Tentara Nasional Indonesia (TNI).
Mau tahu lebih banyak tentang perguruan tinggi di Indonesia? Ada banyak informasi, termasuk informasi tentang uang kuliah, di internet.
Lesson 69
Making Simple Judgements
You have already met a number of adjectives that you can use to express your opinion about
something or make some basic judgements about what you like and don’t like.
bagus
great, excellent
baik
good, kind
menarik
interesting
biasa
ordinary, common
membosankan
boring
jelek
terrible, bad
sukar
difficult
sulit
difficult
bersifat praktis
practical in nature
menyenangkan
nice, pleasant
berguna
useful
mudah
easy
These words can be made more emphatic, or less emphatic, with adverbs like these:
tidak
not ____
sangat
very____
kurang
not really ____
cukup
____ enough
lumayan
pretty, quite ____
tidak begitu
not really very ____
sama sekali tidak
not ____ at all
You can ask general questions about tertiary-level study using bagaimana (what is ___ like?).
To clarify your question, or to hint at a possible answer, you can add some simple follow-up
phrases. Practise generating sentences from the substitution tables that follow. Add to the substitution columns where you can.
1. Asking about institutions (lembaga)
Bagaimana
Universitas Gajah Mada?
Politeknik Kesehatan Medan?
Institut Teknologi Nasional?
Bagus atau jelek?
Bagus atau tidak?
Mahal atau murah?
2. Asking about subjects of study (mata kuliah)
Bagaimana mata kuliah
sejarah?
ilmu ekonomi?
akuntansi?
Bersifat praktis atau tidak?
Berguna atau tidak begitu berguna?
Menyenangkan?
Menarik atau membosankan?
3. Asking about lecturers (dosen, guru) and faculties (fakultas)
(American students please note that a “lecturer” is a professor, and that “faculty” does not
refer to academic university staff members but to a college or a school. Outside the U.S. these
“schools” or “colleges” are called faculties, e.g. Faculty of Law, Faculty of Art etc.)
Lesson 69
Bagaimana
kuliah
kelas
di Fakultas Teknik Mesin?
di Fakultas Hukum?
Profesor Sunarto?
Ibu Leila?
Menarik atau membosankan?
Baik atau biasa saja?
Jelas atau tidak?
One way of answering these questions is to begin with the adjectives and their adverb modifiers listed on the previous page, followed by reasons that are introduced with the word karena (because). Practise answering the questions in this way, choosing from the substitution columns in
the tables below, and adding more details of your own. (Make sure your choices generate sentences that are logical and make good sense.)
1. Bagaimana Universitas Gadjah Mada? Bagus atau jelek?
Menurut saya
Saya kira
Wah!...
Universitas Gadjah Mada
... perpustakaannya
... dosennya
... kampusnya
... kuliahnya
... mahasiswanya
... warung dan restorannya
... toko bukunya
... uang kuliahnya
sangat
cukup
lumayan
kurang
tidak begitu
sama sekali tidak
jelek karena…
menarik karena…
bagus karena…
menyenangkan karena…
sulit karena…
sama sekali tidak…
sangat…
terlalu…
tidak…
cukup…
lumayan…
tidak begitu…
kurang…
2. Bagaimana mata kuliah sejarah? Berguna atau tidak?
Menurut saya
Saya kira
Wah!...
mata kuliah sejarah
… mahasiwa tidak perlu
… mahasiswa harus
sangat
cukup
lumayan
kurang
tidak begitu
sama sekali tidak
jelek karena…
menarik karena…
berguna karena…
menyenangkan karena…
sulit karena…
bekerja keras.
membaca banyak.
menulis banyak.
belajar banyak.
3. Bagaimana kuliah Profesor Sunarto? Bagus atau biasa saja?
Menurut saya
Saya kira
Wah!...
kuliah Profesor Sunarto
… saya suka sekali…
… saya tidak begitu suka…
sangat
cukup
lumayan
kurang
tidak begitu
sama sekali tidak
mudah karena…
menarik karena…
membosankan karena…
bagus karena…
Lesson 69
… saya sama sekali tidak senang …
… dia (tidak) tahu banyak tentang…
… dia (tidak begitu) pandai berbicara tentang…
Talking about your Education
Here is a simple narrative in which the speaker describes her schooling: its pleasures
and difficulties, and its outcome. Read the narrative very carefully several times. Try to
memorise the steps in the narrative. Remember its key phrases and words. After reading it
you will have to tell your own story in similar terms by doing the Education Resume exercise. Also
check your understanding of this story by doing Latihan 7–8. Listen to Sound File 069-02.
N
ama saya Farah. Saya lahir di Medan pada tahun seribu sembilan ratus delapan puluh
enam. Jadi sekarang saya berumur dua puluh lima tahun. Waktu berumur enam tahun saya masuk sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar saya belajar membaca dan menulis, dan
juga matematika dan bahasa Indonesia. Di samping itu saya belajar menyanyi dan olahraga.
Pada waktu itu guru saya Ibu Nuriah dan Bapak Fauzi.
Saya belajar di sekolah dasar selama enam tahun. Lalu, waktu berumur tiga belas tahun,
saya masuk sekolah menengah. Belajar di sekolah menengah itu jauh lebih sulit daripada di
sekolah dasar. Tentu saja saya masih belajar matematika dan bahasa Indonesia, tetapi saya
juga belajar ilmu pengetahuan alam, ilmu pengetahuan sosial, sejarah Indonesia, bahasa
Inggris dan agama Islam. Di samping itu saya juga belajar menyanyi dan olahraga seperti
bola voli dan bulu tangkis. Saya pandai bermain voli. Pada waktu itu saya mempunyai beberapa teman yang bernama Maryam, Dewi dan Wati. Setiap hari kami bersama-sama ke
sekolah. Pulang dari sekolah kami belajar bersama dan sering juga kami menonton film di
bioskop.
Saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah selama enam tahun. Dalam ujian akhir saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Oleh karena itu saya masuk Universitas Sumatra Utara. Pada
waktu itu saya berumur sembilan belas tahun. Saya mengambil mata kuliah sejarah karena
saya ingin menjadi guru sejarah. Tetapi pada tahun pertama saya tidak lulus karena saya lebih suka bermain-main dengan teman-teman. Kami lebih suka mendengarkan musik rock
dan setiap malam Minggu kami ke disko untuk berdansa. Jarang kami belajar! Pada waktu
itu saya masih muda, baru berumur dua puluh tahun.
Sesudah itu saya mengambil mata kuliah matematika dan teknik sipil. Saya lebih tertarik
pada matematika dan teknik sipil. Ternyata saya lulus dengan hasil yang cukup baik. Sekarang saya masih suka mendengarkan musik rock dan saya juga masih sering menonton film,
bermain voli dan berdansa di disko, tetapi sekarang saya sudah menjadi insinyur! Saya bekerja di berbagai proyek pembangunan. Pekerjaan itu sulit tetapi menyenangkan. Saya senang menjadi insinyur.
Exercise 069-01: Education Resume
Now it’s your turn. Read the following passage out loud. The passage is the same as the one
you have just studied above, but there are gaps in it where words have been deleted. When you
read it, fill in the gaps with appropriate words that, as far as possible, reflect your own schooling
(it probably won’t be exactly the same, but try to make your narrative as close to your own experi-
Lesson 69
ence as possible). Do this over and over until you can read the passage without hesitating, inserting the right words as you go.
Nama saya _________. Saya lahir di _________ pada tahun seribu sembilan ratus
_________. Jadi sekarang saya berumur _________ tahun. Waktu saya berumur enam tahun saya masuk sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar saya belajar membaca dan menulis.
Saya juga belajar _________ dan _________. Di samping itu saya belajar _________ dan
_________. Pada waktu itu guru saya _________ dan _________.
Saya belajar di sekolah dasar selama enam tahun. Lalu, waktu saya berumur _________
tahun, saya masuk sekolah menengah. Belajar di sekolah menengah itu jauh lebih sulit
daripada di sekolah dasar. Tentu saja saya masih belajar matematika, _________, tetapi
saya juga belajar _________, _________, sejarah _________, bahasa _________ dan agama _________. Di samping itu saya juga belajar _________ dan olahraga seperti
_________ dan _________. Saya pandai bermain _________. Pada waktu itu saya mempunyai beberapa teman yang bernama _________, _________ dan _________. Setiap hari
kami bersama-sama ke sekolah. Pulang dari sekolah kami belajar bersama, dan sering
juga kami _________.
Saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah selama enam tahun. Dalam ujian akhir saya
lulus dengan hasil yang _________. Oleh karena itu saya masuk Universitas _________.
Pada waktu itu saya berumur _________ tahun. Saya mengambil mata kuliah _________
karena saya ingin menjadi _________. Tetapi pada tahun pertama saya tidak lulus karena
saya lebih suka _________. Kami lebih suka _________ dan setiap malam Minggu kami
_________. Jarang kami belajar! Pada waktu itu saya masih muda, baru berumur
_________ tahun.
Sesudah itu saya mengambil mata kuliah _________ dan _________. Saya lebih tertarik
pada _________ dan _________. Ternyata saya lulus dengan hasil yang cukup baik. Sekarang saya masih suka _________ dan saya juga masih sering _________, bermain
_________ dan _________, tetapi sekarang saya sudah menjadi _________! Saya bekerja
di _________. Pekerjaan itu sulit tetapi menyenangkan. Saya senang menjadi _________.
Use the passage above as a kick-off point, but delete and add information, change the order of
things etc. so that you can describe more accurately what your own schooling was really like. Go
back over the last three lessons and review the vocabulary, grammar and model sentences that
deal with education. As soon as you can, put aside this book and the model passage. Your ultimate aim should be to tell the story of your schooling correctly and in detail, even if in simple
form, without referring to any written models or help. Once you are confident that you have
mastered a thoroughly-rehearsed, correct, fluently spoken, and personally authentic account of
Lesson 69
your education, tell it to fellow students or to your teacher/tutor and invite them to ask you questions about it.
There are many questions that might be asked, but try to give prominence to the questions you
practised earlier in this lesson… questions like:
Bagaimana
Bagaimana
Bagaimana
Sekolah Dasar _________ ?
Sekolah Menengah _________ ?
Universitas ________ ?
pendidikan di _______ ?
mata kuliah ________ ?
mata pelajaran ________ ?
Bagus atau jelek?
Bagus atau tidak?
Mahal atau murah?
Bersifat praktis atau tidak?
Berguna atau tidak begitu berguna?
Menyenangkan atau membosankan?
di Fakultas _______ ?
dalam bidang ________ ?
kelas
kuliah
Profesor ______ ?
pelajaran Ibu _______ ?
dalam mata kuliah ______?
Menarik atau membosankan?
Bagus atau biasa saja?
Jelas atau tidak?
You can also find strategies for answering these kinds of questions earlier in this lesson. Your
answers might begin with introductory words and phrases like:
Menurut saya…
Saya kira…
Wah!...
Menurut pendapat saya…
Sebetulnya…
Aduh!...
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
agama
almost
insinyur
all
berguna
basic
ketrampilan
apparently
berumur
beside
luas
broad, extensive
boleh
country
lulus
difficult, hard to do
dasar
development
membantu
engineer
di samping
may
memberikan
examination
hampir
religion
memilih
including
menjadi
to be aged
semua
private
muda
to become
sulit
skill
mulai
to begin
swasta
to choose
negeri
tourism
terlalu
to give sth to s.o.
pariwisata
useful
termasuk
to help, assist
pekerjaan
work, employment
ternyata
to pass
pembangunan
young
ujian
too (as in “too much” )
Lesson 69
Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia
Bacalah teks “Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini.
1. How many types of tertiary education are there in Indonesia? [P1]
A. three
B. four
C. more than five hundred
2. What is the requirement for students who want to apply at a state-owned university? [P3]
A. They have to graduate from high school.
B. They have to earn their diploma first.
C. They have to pass the enrolment test.
3. According to the passage, what languages can be learned at universities? [P3] (Select all
that apply)
A. French
B. English
C. German
D. Dutch
4. What faculty prepares students to become teachers? [P3]
A. Faculty of Literature
B. Faculty of Teaching
C. Faculty of Education
5. What type of university is Gadjah Mada University? [P4]
A. It is a private university.
B. It is a state university.
C. It is an academy.
6. Does an academy provide general education? [P5]
A. Yes, it provides general and diverse education.
B. No, it only provides a vocational education.
7. Graduates of what institutions of higher learning are expected to serve in Indonesian government institutions? [P5] (Select two)
A. AKMIL
B. ITB
C. STAN
D. UI
E. UPH
8. According to the passage, if a prospective student wants to know more about tertiary
education institutions in Indonesia, what should they do? [P6]
A. Contact the author of the article.
B. Go directly to the university they want to enrol.
C. Check the official website.
Lesson 69
Latihan 3—Benar atau Salah: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia
Bacalah teks “Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia.” di atas dan pilihlah jawaban yang benar.
1. Ada lebih dari 400 lembaga perguruan tinggi di Indonesia.
A. Benar
B. Salah
2. Politeknik memberikan pendidikan yang bersifat luas.
A. Benar
B. Salah
3. Sebelum masuk perguruan tinggi, mahasiswa harus ikut ujian masuk.
A. Benar
B. Salah
4. Akademi membantu mahasiswa untuk memperoleh ketrampilan yang berguna untuk
mencari pekerjaan.
A. Benar
B. Salah
5. Setiap provinsi di Indonesia mempunyai universitas negeri dan universitas swasta.
A. Benar
B. Salah
6. Tidak ada universitas negeri di pulau Jawa.
A. Benar
B. Salah
7. UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas yang besar dan terkenal.
A. Benar
B. Salah
8. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan mendidik mahasiswa yang kemudian bekerja di departemen
pemerintah.
A. Benar
B. Salah
9. STAN mendidik mahasiswa menjadi tentara.
A. Benar
B. Salah
10. Hanya sedikit informasi mengenai universitas di Indonesia.
A. Benar
B. Salah
Lesson 69
Latihan 4—Isian: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia (1)
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: asing—belajar—berbagai—hampir—
harus—juga—mahasiswa—memberikan—memilih—menjadi—mereka—pengetahuan—
pertanian
Di Indonesia ada ____________ 500 lembaga dan tiga jenis perguruan tinggi: perguruan
tinggi negeri, perguruan tinggi swasta dan perguruan tinggi kedinasan.
Di antara lembaga perguruan tinggi ada universitas, akademi, politeknik, sekolah tinggi
dan institut. Universitas ____________ pendidikan yang bersifat luas dengan bermacammacam fakultas dan mata kuliah. Ada ____________ program mulai dari Diploma sampai
program Doktor.
Siswa yang ingin masuk universitas negeri ____________ ikut ujian masuk yang namanya
SPMB (Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru). Kalau mereka lulus ujian SPMB mereka
boleh masuk universitas negeri. Tetapi tentu saja ____________ harus ____________ program studi. Ada bermacam-macam fakultas dan mata kuliah pada tingkat universitas.
Misalnya para ____________ dapat belajar ilmu ____________ seperti ilmu kimia dan
____________. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas hukum, kedokteran, ilmu ekonomi
atau ilmu politik. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas teknik dan ________ teknik kimia
atau teknik mesin. Ada ____________ yang belajar bahasa ____________ seperti bahasa
Inggris, Jepang, Jerman, Mandarin, atau Prancis. Mata kuliah sejarah atau bisnis juga
populer. Atau bisa juga mereka belajar ____________ guru di Fakultas Pendidikan.
Latihan 5—Isian: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia (2)
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat.
mempunyai—mendidik—menjadi—negeri—pariwisata—pemerintah—perguruan—
seperti—terkenal—termasuk
Hampir semua provinsi ____________ universitas negeri. Di Jakarta ada Universitas Indonesia (UI), di Yogyakarta ada Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM), dan di Bandung ada Institut Teknologi Bandung (ITB). UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas ____________ yang besar
dan terkenal. Ada juga universitas swasta yang ____________, misalnya Universitas Trisakti (Usakti), Universitas Katolik Indonesia Atmajaya dan Universitas Pelita Harapan
(UPH).
Sekolah tinggi ____________ akademi dan politeknik memberikan pendidikan kejuruan
seperti teknologi informatika, ____________, atau akuntansi. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan
Lesson 69
____________ mahasiswa dari departemen ____________. Misalnya Sekolah Tinggi Akuntansi Negara (STAN) di Jakarta mendidik pegawai dari Departemen Keuangan dan Akademi Militer (AKMIL) di Magelang mendidik siswa yang akan ____________ perwira dalam Tentara Nasional Indonesia (TNI).
Mau tahu lebih banyak tentang ____________ tinggi di Indonesia? Ada banyak informasi,
____________ informasi tentang uang kuliah, di internet.
Latihan 6—Pemahaman: Berbicara tentang Pendidikan
Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Saya” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan di bawah ini.
1. Where was Farah born?
A. Bali
B. Medan
C. Lombok
D. Jakarta
2. How old is Farah now?
A. 23
B. 24
C. 25
D. 26
3. When did Farah study Islam?
A. When she attended primary school
B. When she attended intermediate school
C. When she attended high school
D. When she attended university
4. For how many years Farah attended primary school?
A. four
B. five
C. six
D. seven
5. After school, what do Farah and her friends use to do?
A. play sports and do homework
B. study together and go see movies at the cinema
C. eat dinner and study
D. relax and do homework
6. How old was Farah when she entered University of North Sumatra?
A. 18 years old
B. 19 years old
C. 20 years old
D. 21 years old
Lesson 69
7. When Farah first started to study at the university, she wanted to become a…
A. physician
B. research scientist
C. history teacher
D. a nurse
8. On what day of the week do Farah and her friends go to the disco?
A. Sunday
B. Monday
C. Tuesday
D. Saturday
9. After graduating from the university Farah became a…
A. history teacher
B. engineer
C. mechanic
D. doctor
10. Does Farah enjoy her current profession?
A. Yes, she loves it
B. No, she wishes she would have stayed with her first profession
Latihan 7—Pilihan Ganda
Pilihlah jawaban yang benar.
1. Your friend speaks only Indonesian so you find it practical in nature/character to learn Indonesian too. How do you say “practical in nature”?
A. membosankan
B. menarik
C. baik
D. bersifat praktis
2. The new program you downloaded to use on your computer is great, excellent.
A. bagus
B. menyenangkan
C. biasa
D. mudah
3. This summer you are going to go to Bali for 2 weeks. To you, learning Indonesian in class
before you go to Bali is very useful.
A. berguna
B. sulit
C. menyenangkan
D. menarik
4. You recently returned from watching a movie that was very boring.
A. baik
B. membosankan
C. sulit
D. bagus
Lesson 69
5. You enjoy translating Indonesian into English and find the task to be very easy.
A. sulit
B. berguna
C. mudah
D. menarik
6. You just bought an ordinary DVD that does not have many special effects and is not exceptional compared to other DVDs you have watched.
A. menyenangkan
B. mudah
C. jelek
D. biasa
7. Your friend built a sand castle sculpture but it is terrible and poorly built.
A. jelek
B. berguna
C. menyenangkan
D. biasa
8. Your friend is a very kind person.
A. baik
B. jelek
C. sukar
D. menarik
9. Your friend is a very pleasant and nice person.
A. sulit
B. berguna
C. menarik
D. menyenangkan
10. You are currently enrolled in a literature class that you find very boring because you are
more interested in the natural sciences.
A. biasa
B. membosankan
C. beguna
D. bersifat prakus
11. You are learning to drive a 5-speed car instead of automatic car but find it very difficult.
A. berguna
B. mudah
C. menyenangkan
D. sulit
12. You are currently taking an interesting course to learn how to navigate by the stars.
A. biasa
B. menarik
C. berguna
D. mudah
Lesson 69
13. You are currently studying Indonesian but find the coursework to be very difficult.
A. mudah
B. sukar
C. bagus
D. berguna
Latihan 8—Adverbs
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. tidak
a. extremely ...
2. kurang
b. pretty, quite
3. sangat
c. not ...
4. lumayan
d. ... enough
5. cukup
e. not really ...
6. sama sekali tidak
f. not really very ...
7. tidak begitu
g. not ... at all, completely not ...
Latihan 9—Jawaban Singkat
Go back to Lesson 66 and carefully review the information on pronouncing the letters of the
alphabet in Indonesian. Using the guide to the pronunciation of letters in Lesson 66 write
down how you would say the following abbreviations. Study this example first.
Abbreviation: UPH. You write: “u pe ha” (Universitas Pelita Harapan)
1. UI
2. SMA
3. UGM
4. ITB
5. UII
6. STAN
7. UKI
8. TNI
9. UKSW
10. IKJ
Lesson 69
Latihan 10—Kosa Kata 1
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. bidang
a. related to government
2. kedokteran
b. institute
3. kesehatan
c. institute, social institution
4. industri
d. finance, finances
5. kedinasan
e. field (of enterprise, study, etc.)
6. lembaga
f. health
7. keuangan
g. industry
8. khusus
h. first of all
9. departemen
i. academy
10. akademi
j. government department
11. institut
k. medicine
12. lebih dahulu
l. particular, specialist
Latihan 11—Kosa Kata 2
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. mendidik
a. to obtain
2. teknik
b. to educate, to train
3. memperoleh
c. engineering
4. perguruan tinggi
d. the last, i.e. final one in series
5. pelajar
e. project
6. terakhir
f. student, learner
7. politeknik
g. college of higher education
8. perwira
h. higher education, universities
9. sekolah tinggi
i. in the armed forces
10. proyek
j. polytechnic, vocational college
Lesson 69
Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
1. to obtain, to get
3. young
6. health
7. field (of study etc.)
8. too (as in “too much”)
10. medical
13. almost
15. including
16. institute
17. related to government
services/agencies
18. particular, specialist
19. to be such-and-such
an age
Menurun:
1. to give sth. to s.o.
2. to educate, to train
4. religion
5. finances
9. useful
11. last
12. to assist someone
14. engineering
Lesson 70
70 Masih Berbicara tentang Pendidikan
Aims
• To introduce ordinal numbers
• To read more about education, and to use this to talk more about your own education
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
berkebun
to do gardening
bingung
confused
pindah
to move, shift
bulan
month, moon
sapi
cattle, a cow, a bull
hasil pertanian
agriculture output
sawah
paddy field
kedua
the second
selesai
finished, completed
melakukan
do something
setuju
to agree
masih
still, as yet
sukar
difficult
membawa
to bring something
tahu
to know
memelihara
to keep
terkenal
famous, well known
memilih
to select
tertarik (pada)
interested (in)
mengatakan
to say
ujian
an examination, a test
pertama
the first
usaha tani
a farming business
Ordinal Numbers
As the term “ordinal” suggests, ordinal numbers are those that indicate the order in which
things appear in a sequence or a list. In English, ordinal numbers start with “the first” and go on to
“the second”, “the third”, “the fourth” and so on.
In Indonesian, the term for “first” is pertama. After pertama, all ordinal numbers are formed with
total regularity by attaching the prefix ke- to the cardinal number concerned. Frequently yang precedes the ordinal. Thus
yang kedua
the second
yang ketiga
the third
yang kedua puluh
the twentieth
yang keseratus
the one hundredth
Lesson 70
Note that yang often, but not always, precedes the ordinal:
or
Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian.
Pada tahun keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian.
Talking about Education II
In the previous lesson you sketched your education. Now let’s try to put more colour into this
picture. Here is how an agricultural professional might describe his education. Read the account
carefully, because, with appropriate modifications, you will find that you can incorporate parts of it
into your own narrative.
Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian
Listen to Sound File 070-01.
N
ama saya Lukas Mitang. Saya lahir di
kota Bajawa di Pulau Flores pada tahun
1978. Saya mulai belajar di sekolah dasar
“Budi Luhur” di Ende. Saya belajar di sana selama enam tahun, dari 1984 sampai 1990.
Saya belajar membaca, menulis dan matematika dasar. Waktu belajar di SD saya tinggal dengan kakak saya yang bekerja di Ende. Sesudah lulus sekolah dasar pada tahun yang keenam saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama
Shutterstock
di Kupang pada tahun 1991. Di SMP Kupang saya mengambil mata pelajaran Pancasila, bahasa Indonesia, bahasa Inggris, matematika, ilmu ekonomi, sejarah Indonesia dan ilmu pengetahuan. Saya juga belajar olahraga.
Waktu di SMP saya senang sekali bermain bulu tangkis.
Lalu pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas di Kupang. Sekolah
Teknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya berumur enam belas tahun.
Saya belajar di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata pelajaran matematika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya lulus dengan
hasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah ke
Yogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakarta dan
saya memperoleh hasil yang baik.
Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga tidak
tahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya berbicara dengan paman saya yang menjadi pegawai negeri Departemen Pendidikan Nasional di Yogyakarta. Paman saya mengatakan sebaiknya memilih universitas Katolik saja dan mengambil teknik pertanian karena waktu saya
belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pandai dalam mata pelajaran matematika.
Tetapi bibi tidak setuju. Menurut bibi, saya lebih pandai dalam mata pelajaran bahasa Inggris. Jadi katanya sebaiknya mengambil bahasa Inggris saja di tingkat universitas. Bibi juga
mengatakan sebaiknya saya jangan masuk universitas swasta seperti universitas Katolik. Lebih baik masuk universitas negeri, katanya.
Lesson 70
Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan.
Sesudah berpikir lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di universitas Katolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup baik. UGM itu
universitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya juga bagus. Jadi
saya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM.
Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggris
dan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian menarik sekali. Saya sangat
senang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah bahasa Inggris.
Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Pada tahun yang
kedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan bahasa Inggris lagi. Di
samping itu saya mengambil mata kuliah teknik mesin dasar dan matematika. Pada tahun
yang ketiga saya mengambil teknik mesin dan bahasa Inggris. Saya lulus ujian bahasa Inggris dan teknik mesin dengan hasil yang baik tetapi hasil saya dalam mata kuliah matematika kurang baik.
Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian. Selama tiga bulan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani. Setiap hari kami membantu para petani bekerja di sawah, berkebun, dan memelihara sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing. Kami
juga membantu membawa hasil pertanian ke pasar.
Sesudah empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun 2008.
Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak bekerja tetapi pada tahun kedua saya
memperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran. Sampai sekarang
saya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan di Pulau Flores. Saya
ingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin membantu pembangunan
di pulau itu.
Affixation
Affixation is the morphological process whereby an affix is attached to the root or stem of a
word. Affixes can be attached at the beginning (prefixation), in the middle (infixation) or the end
(suffixation) of words. Infixation is rarely found in Indonesian, but in many cases prefixes and suffixes can be combined to form circumfixes.
The word kejuruan, for instance, consist of the root juru (skilled workman) and has a prefix (ke-)
and a suffix (-an) attached to it. The combination of prefix and suffix is known as a circumfix. The
circumfix ke-...-an here has the function to form the abstract noun kejuruan (vocation). In the coming weeks and months you will learn more about affixation, which is the morphological process
whereby an affix (prefix and/or suffix) is attached to a root or stem of a word.
The following gives you an overview of the affixes occurring in our small reading text. Affixated
words are printed in bold.
N
ama saya Lukas Mitang. Saya lahir di kota Bajawa di Pulau Flores pada tahun 1978.
Saya mulai belajar di sekolah dasar “Budi Luhur” di Ende. Saya belajar di sana selama enam tahun, dari 1984 sampai 1990. Saya belajar membaca, menulis dan matematika
dasar. Waktu belajar di SD saya tinggal dengan kakak saya yang bekerja di Ende. Sesudah
lulus sekolah dasar pada tahun yang keenam saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama di
Kupang pada tahun 1991. Di SMP Kupang saya mengambil mata pelajaran Pancasila, bahasa Indonesia, bahasa Inggris, matematika, ilmu ekonomi, sejarah Indonesia dan ilmu pe-
Lesson 70
ngetahuan. Saya juga belajar olahraga. Waktu di SMP saya senang sekali bermain bulu
tangkis.
Lalu pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas di Kupang. Sekolah
Teknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya berumur enam belas tahun.
Saya belajar di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata pelajaran matematika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya lulus dengan
hasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah ke
Yogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakarta
dan saya memperoleh hasil yang baik.
Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga tidak
tahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya berbicara dengan paman saya yang menjadi pegawai negeri Departemen Pendidikan Nasional di Yogyakarta. Paman saya mengatakan
sebaiknya memilih universitas Katolik saja dan mengambil teknik pertanian karena waktu saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pandai dalam mata pelajaran matematika. Tetapi bibi tidak setuju. Menurut bibi, saya lebih pandai dalam mata pelajaran
bahasa Inggris. Jadi katanya sebaiknya mengambil bahasa Inggris saja di tingkat universitas. Bibi juga mengatakan sebaiknya saya jangan masuk universitas swasta seperti universitas Katolik. Lebih baik masuk universitas negeri, katanya.
Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan.
Sesudah berpikir lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di universitas
Katolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup baik. UGM
itu universitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya juga bagus.
Jadi saya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM.
Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggris
dan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian menarik sekali. Saya sangat
senang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah bahasa Inggris.
Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Pada tahun yang
kedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan bahasa Inggris lagi. Di
samping itu saya mengambil mata kuliah teknik mesin dasar dan matematika. Pada tahun
yang ketiga saya mengambil teknik mesin dan bahasa Inggris. Saya lulus ujian bahasa Inggris dan teknik mesin dengan hasil yang baik tetapi hasil saya dalam mata kuliah matematika kurang baik.
Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian. Selama tiga
bulan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani. Setiap hari kami membantu para
petani bekerja di sawah, berkebun, dan memelihara sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing.
Kami juga membantu membawa hasil pertanian ke pasar.
Sesudah empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun 2008.
Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak bekerja tetapi pada tahun kedua saya
memperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran. Sampai sekarang
saya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan di Pulau Flores. Saya
ingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin membantu pembangunan di pulau itu.
Lesson 70
Affix
Words
se-
selama, sesudah, setiap, sebuah, setuju
per-...-an
pelajaran, pertanian
peN-...-an
pembangunan, pengetahuan, penerimaan, pendidikan
ber-
belajar, bekerja, bermain, berumur, berbicara
meN- (Passive: di-)
membaca, menarik, menulis, menengah, memelihara,
mengambil, menjadi, memilih, menurut, mencari,
membantu
meN-kan (Passive: di-...-kan or -kan)
mengatakan
ke-
keenam, ketiga, keempat
-nya
laboratoriumnya
ke-...-an
kejuruan
-an
jurusan
memper-
memperoleh
ter-
terkenal, tertarik
se-...-nya
sebaiknya
seThe prefix se- is derived from satu ‘one’. Tuju by itself does not mean anything. Menuju is ‘to
go in the direction of’ so that setuju has the literal meaning ‘having one direction’
buah
fruit
sebuah
a, one
lama
long (in duration)
selama
during, while
tiap
each, every
setiap
each and every
tuju
-
setuju
agree
peThe prefix pe- is based on ber- verbs and indicates the person who performs the action of the
verb:
bertani
to work the fields
petani
farmer
bertenis
to play tennis
petenis
tennis player
belajar
to learn
pelajar
learner, student
berenang
to swim
perenang
swimmer
per-...-an
The noun-forming circumflex per-...-an is derived from intransitive ber- verbs.
belajar
to learn
pelajaran
lesson
bertani
to farm
pertanian
agriculture
Lesson 70
peN-...-an
The noun-forming circumflex peN-...-an is derived from transitive meN- (including meN-...-kan
and meN-...-i verbs) verbs. The resulting nouns are “active verbal nouns” describing the process
or the act of doing something
membangun (bangun)
to build
pembangunan
the process of building
mengetahui (ke=tahu=i) to know something
pengetahuan
knowledge
menerima (terima)
to accept
penerimaan
acceptance
mendidik (duduk)
to educate
pendidikan
education
berThe prefix ber- forms intransitive verbs. Often the roots by themselves are not used independently; ajar does not occur in any other context but in the phrase kurang ajar ‘extremely rude’, a
swearword; bicara rarely occurs on it’s own – if it does it is usually the colloquial form of berbicara
where the prefix ber- has been dropped. Based on nouns ber- verbs usually have the meaning ‘to
have’ or ‘to wear’ (e.g. nama ‘name’ bernama ‘to have a name’, buah ‘fruit’ berbuah ‘to have
fruits’, bersepatu ‘to wear shoes’).
ajar
-
belajar
to learn
bicara
-
berbicara
to speak
kerja
work
bekerja
to work
main
play
bermain
to play
umur
age
berumur
to have an age
meNThe prefix meN- forms transitive verbs. The N stands for the nasal that is often attached
between the prefix me- and the base. The nasal can be n, ng, m, ny, or Ø. If a base has p, t, or k
as initial consonant then the consonant is replaced by the nasal.
You have learned that the meaning of menurut is ‘according to’. In fact it is a verb meaning ‘to
follow’ and ‘to obey’, so the phrase menurut pendapat saya ‘according to my opinion’ literally
means ‘following my opinion’. Menarik ‘interesting’ is also a verb meaning ‘to pull, attract’. Menengah is derived from tengah ‘middle’, and is only found in combination with sekolah or pendidikan
– in Indonesian as well as in Malaysian.
Base
+ meN-
Meaning
baca
membaca
to read
tulis
menulis
to write
pelihara
memelihara
to raise
ambil
mengambil
to take
jadi
menjadi
to be, become
bantu
membantu
to help, assist
tarik
menarik
to pull, attractive
pilih
memilih
to choose
Lesson 70
kata (-kan)
mengatakan
to say
turut
menurut
to follow, obey
tengah
menengah
middle, intermediate
keThis prefix forms ordinal numbers: kedua ‘second’, ketiga ‘third’ etc.
-nya
This suffix can have several functions: the main function is that of a third perfect personal pronoun, e.g. rumahnya ‘his house’, sepedanya ‘her bike’, and laboratoriumnya ‘its laboratory’. In its
latter function as a neutral personal pronoun it often functions in a similar way as the English definite article ‘the’.
Ke-...-an and -an are both noun-forming affixes. The circumflex ke-...-an is usually quite predictable in that it forms abstract nouns which are most often based on adjectives, e.g. baik ‘kind’
kebaikan ‘kindness’, kaya ‘miskin’ kekayaan ‘wealth’, tinggi ‘high’ ketinggian ‘altitude’ etc. When
attached to nouns it still forms abstract nouns, e.g. juru ‘specialist, artisan’ and sekolah kejuruan
‘specialist school’. Compare also fakultas kedokteran ‘college of medicine’, ilmu kelautan ‘oceanology’,
The suffix -an is most often based on verbal bases: minum ‘drink’ minuman ‘ a drink’, makan to
eat’ makanan ‘food’, menjurus ‘to point into a certain direction’ jurusan ‘direction, (academic) department’.
For the other affixes ter-, memper- and se-...-nya we have encountered too few examples so
that they will be discussed at a later time.
Sneddon’s grammar gives an exhaustive overview of the above, and the many other affixes in
the Indonesian language. You may also want to check out http://www.bahasakita.com/grammar.
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
membawa
to garden, farm
terkenal
first
berkebun
agricultural business
bulan
to agree
masih
finished, completed
tahu
difficult
usaha tani
to do something
hasil pertanian
interested
pindah
still
sawah
state ideology
memilih
to carry, bring
sukar
exam
melakukan
to take care of
bingung
month, moon
memelihara
to choose
ujian
confused
selesai
cattle
setuju
rice field
sapi
to move
tertarik
to know
pertama
crops
Pancasila
famous
Lesson 70
Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (1)
Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaanpertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan.
1. When Lukas Mitang was in primary school, he lived with his...
A. cousin
B. father
C. mother
D. sister
2. While in intermediate school, what sport did Lukas Mitang like to play?
A. soccer
B. rugby
C. badminton
D. basketball
3. What kind of school is Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas?
A. Pre-university school
B. University
C. Vocational School
4. What kind of engineering did Lukas Mitang study at Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas?
A. agricultural engineering
B. civil engineering
C. architectural engineering
D. mechanical engineering
5. After having completed his studies, where did Lukas Mitang move to?
A. Java
B. Maluku
C. Kalimantan
D. Sumatra
Latihan 3—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (2)
Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan berikut
sesuai dengan bacaan.
1. When Lukas Mitang arrived in Java, how did he feel about studying there?
A. He knew exactly what he wanted to study.
B. He was confused and was unsure about what to study.
C. He liked studying but did not want to study anymore.
D. He did not like to study and decided that moving was a bad idea.
2. Whose advice did Lukas Mitang ask for about his future career? Select all that apply.
A. Mother
B. Father
C. Aunt
D. Uncle
Lesson 70
3.
Lukas Mitang’s uncle said that he should attend what kind of university?
A. Private university
B. Public university
C. Either a private or a public university
4. Why did Lukas’ uncle say that he should attend the university from question #3?
A. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at mathematics
B. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at engineering
C. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at English
D. Because Lukas Mitang is very religious
5. Lukas Mitang’s aunt said that he should attend what kind of university?
A. Private university
B. Public university
C. Either a private or a public university
6. Why did Lukas’ aunt say that he should attend the university from question #5?
A. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at mathematics
B. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at engineering
C. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at English
D. Because Lukas Mitang is very religious
7. Lukas Mitang decided to study engineering at the university. Which branch of engineering
did he decide to study?
A. Mechanical Engineering
B. Agricultural Engineering
C. Civil Engineering
D. Architectural Engineering
Latihan 4—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (3)
Jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan.
1. According to the narrative, did Lukas Mitang find the subject he chose to study at the university interesting?
A. Yes
B. No
2. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his first year? Select all that apply.
A. Agricultural Economics
B. English
C. Mathematics
D. Basic Engineering
E. Mechanical Engineering
3. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his second year? Select all that apply.
A. Agricultural Economics
B. English
C. Mathematics
D. Basic Engineering
E. Mechanical Engineering
Lesson 70
4. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his third year? Select all that apply.
A. Agricultural Economics
B. English
C. Mathematics
D. Basic Engineering
E. Mechanical Engineering
5. Of the three exams that Lukas Mitang took, which ones did he say that he received good
results from? (select two)
A. English
B. Mechanical Engineering
C. Mathematics
D. All of the exams
6. During Lukas Mitang’s fourth year, he studied the sociology of agriculture. According to
the narrative, what did he do? Select all that apply.
A. Lived in villages with peasant farmers for 3 months
B. Helped the peasant farmers to bring agricultural produce to the market
C. Studied his textbooks and manuals on the different aspects of the sociology of agriculture
D. Assisted in taking care of the different farm animals
7. What year did Lukas Mitang graduate?
A. 2006
B. 2007
C. 2008
D. 2009
8. Upon graduation, did Lukas Mitang find a job?
A. Yes, he found a job in his first year after graduation.
B. Yes, he found a job in his second year after graduation.
C. No, he is still looking for a job.
D. No, he has decided that he does not like agriculture and is looking to go back to
school for a different discipline.
Latihan 5—Pemahaman
Each of the following sentences is taken from the “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Petani”
passage, but in each of them there is one word that is factually wrong, i.e. is not consistent
with account of Lukas Mitang’s education given in the textbook’s narrative. Write the
factually wrong word (as far as possible without looking back at the passage).
1. Kami harus pergi ke desa dan tinggal dengan keluarga petani selama tiga hari.
____________
2. Katanya kuliah teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada kurang baik. ____________
3. Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggris dan sastra. ____________
4. Paman saya mengatakan, sebaiknya saya memilih universitas Islam saja. ____________
5. Paman saya menjadi pengusaha di Yogyakarta. ____________
Lesson 70
6. Saya lahir di kota Bajawa di Pulau Ambon pada tahun 1978. ____________
7. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah ke Semarang
di Pulau Jawa. ____________
8. Tetapi dua tahun sesudah saya lulus, saya memperoleh pekerjaan pada pabrik di dekat
kota Ungaran. ____________
9. Waktu saya belajar di SD saya tinggal dengan nenek saya yang bekerja di Ende.
____________
10. Waktu saya di SMP saya senang sekali bermain tenis. ____________
Latihan 6—Isian: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian
Fill in the gaps using affixiated words formed from the following bases: ajar—ambil—bangun
—bantu—bawa—bicara—didik—jadi—kata—kebun—kerja—lama—pelihara—pikir—pilih—
sudah—tarik—tengah—terima—tiap—tuju—umur
Possible affixiations are: 1. The prefixes meN-, ber-, and se-. 2. The circumfixes meN-...-kan
and peN-...-an.
Pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik ______________ Atas di Kupang. Sekolah
Teknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya ______________ enam belas
tahun. Saya ______________ di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata
pelajaran matematika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian.
Saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah ke Yogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi ______________
Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakarta dan saya memperoleh hasil yang baik.
Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga tidak tahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya ______________ dengan paman saya yang
______________ pegawai negeri Departemen ______________ Nasional di Yogyakarta. Pa-
man saya ______________ sebaiknya ______________ universitas Katolik saja dan mengambil teknik pertanian karena waktu saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya
pandai dalam mata pelajaran matematika. Tetapi bibi tidak ______________. [...]
Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan. Sesudah ______________ lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di
universitas Katolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup
baik. UGM itu universitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya
juga bagus. Jadi saya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM.
Pada tahun yang pertama saya ______________ mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa
Inggris dan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian ______________ seka-
Lesson 70
li. Saya sangat senang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah
bahasa Inggris. Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang
baik. Pada tahun yang kedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan
bahasa Inggris lagi. [...]
______________ tiga bulan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani.
______________ hari kami ______________ para petani bekerja di sawah, ______________, dan
______________ sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing. Kami juga membantu ______________ ha-
sil pertanian ke pasar.
______________ empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun
2008. Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak ______________ tetapi pada tahun kedua saya memperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran.
Sampai sekarang saya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan
di Pulau Flores. Saya ingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin
membantu ______________ di pulau itu.
Latihan 7—Jawab Singkat
Translate the following English phrases into Indonesian.
Example:
the third day = hari yang ketiga
the fifteenth car = mobil yang kelima belas
1. the first person
..................................................
2. the fourth exam
..................................................
3. the third year
..................................................
4. the fifth word
..................................................
5. the second water buffalo
..................................................
6. the eighth school
..................................................
7. the seventh week
..................................................
8. the tenth month
..................................................
9. the twenty-seventh child
..................................................
10. the one thousandth farmer
..................................................
Lesson 70
Latihan 8—Terjemahkan
Terjemahkanlah kalimat berikut:
1. “In the second year I got a job at a farm.”
....................................................................................................................................
2. “Until now I still work at that office.”
....................................................................................................................................
3. “I passed with a good result.”
....................................................................................................................................
Latihan 9—Kosa Kata
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. katolik
a. at that time
2. bibi
b. to say something
3. teknik mesin
c. sociology
4. ekonomi pertanian
d. an aunt, Aunt (so-and-so)
5. gelar
e. agricultural engineering
6. paman
f. confused, worried, undecided
7. sarjana
g. Catholic
8. laboratorium
h. university graduate, scholar
9. tertarik (pada)
i. an expert
10. jurusan
j. an uncle, Uncle (so-and-so)
11. bingung
k. department or program
12. pada waktu itu
l. laboratory
13. ahli
m. mechanical engineering
14. sosiologi
n. interested (in)
15. mengatakan
o. agricultural economics
16. teknik pertanian
p. title
17. memilih
q. to garden, to farm
18. berkebun
r. finished, done, completed
19. membawa
s. to choose
20. selesai
t. to bring, carry
Lesson 71
71 Berapa Lama Bapak Belajar di…?
Aims
• To practise asking and answering questions about education.
• To practise using Bapak and Ibu to talk to a respected person about his or her education,
then use kamu to talk to a close friend about his or her education.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
banget
very, really
menjadi
to be, become
bantuan
assistance, help
menolong
to help
berapa lama
how long
miskin
poor
daerah
region, area
mudah
easy
hukum
law
nggak
no, not (informal)
kerja
to work (informal)
pancasila
Indonesian state ideology
kurang
less, not...enough
pendapat
opinion
lahir
to be born
sama
and (informal)
lumayan
not bad, quiet good
tertarik pada
interested in
memilih
to choose, to select
sih
menarik
interesting
a slangy particle that adds
emphasis and colour to a
question
Asking and Answering Questions about Education
From talking at length about education, let’s turn now to question and answer. Study this dialogue in which a reporter conducts an interview (wawancara) with a famous lawyer.
Listen to Sound File 071-01. While listening, answer the following questions: 1) In what
year was the lawyer born? 2) In what year did he begin his studies? 3) Besides law, what
else did he study? 4) What did he do after finishing his studies?
Lesson 71
Wawancara dengan Seorang Pengacara
Bapak lahir di mana?
Saya lahir di desa Kemiri pada tahun
1975.
Tahun berapa Bapak mulai kuliah?
Saya masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di
Manado pada tahun 1994.
Berapa lama Bapak belajar di
universitas itu?
Saya belajar di sana selama enam
tahun.
Bapak kuliah apa di situ?
Di Universitas Upaya Luhur dulu saya
kuliah hukum dan sejarah. Di samping
itu saya juga belajar bahasa Perancis.
O begitu. Mengapa Bapak tertarik pada
hukum?
Karena saya ingin menjadi pengacara.
Hmmm. Menurut pendapat Bapak
apakah Universitas Upaya Luhur itu
bagus?
Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur itu
lumayan bagus tetapi kampusnya
terlalu jauh dari kota.
Menurut pendapat Bapak kuliah hukum
itu sukar?
Saya kira kuliah hukum itu sukar tetapi
sama sekali tidak membosankan karena
kami selalu berbicara tentang kasuskasus menarik.
Bagaimana hasil ujian Bapak dulu?
Oh, biasanya hasil ujian saya cukup
baik.
Sesudah tamat kuliah Bapak bekerja di
mana?
Saya pindah ke Jakarta dan menjadi
pengacara di kantor LBH.
LBH? Apa itu?
LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum yang
menolong orang miskin yang
bermasalah.
O begitu. Di mana kantornya?
Kantornya di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I,
Nomor 35, Jakarta.
Now, do Latihan 2–3 to check your understanding of this dialogue. After that, use the following
substitution table for more practice in asking and answering about your or your friends’ education.
Substitution Tables
The questions and answers in this dialogue can be fleshed out in the form of substitution
tables. Substitution tables allow you to practise sentences patterns over and over, but with lots of
variation. Study the pairs of substitution tables below. Practise generating questions using the
first substitution table in each pair, and generating answers from the second table in the pair.
Make sure question and answer fit together sensibly. You should try to learn by heart as much of
the substitution tables as you can. Try also to elaborate on them by making your own additions to
key columns in each table.
Lesson 71
1.
Tahun berapa
Anda
Di mana
Bapak
Tanggal berapa
Ibu
lahir
?
provinsi ___
desa ___
Saya lahir tahun sembilan belas _____
di
kota ___
_______.
pulau ___
daerah ___
2.
Sekolah Dasar
Tahun berapa
Anda
mulai belajar di
SMA / SMP
Bapak
masuk
Sekolah Teknik Atas
Ibu
tamat
akademi
?
universitas
UI
Sekolah Dasar
SMP
Saya
mulai belajar di
SMA
masuk
Sekolah Teknik Atas
tamat
akademi
pada tahun ______ .
universitas
UI
3.
Sekolah Dasar ___
Berapa lama
Anda
belajar
Berapa tahun
Bapak
kuliah
kota ___
di
Ibu
Universitas ___
?
Fakultas ___
SMA ___
Sekolah Dasar ___
belajar
Saya
kuliah
kota ___
di
tahun.
Universitas ___
selama ___
Fakultas ___
bulan.
minggu.
SMU ___
4.
Anda
memilih
mata pelajaran
Ibu
mengambil
mata kuliah
Bapak
belajar
apa
?
Lesson 71
sejarah
bahasa inggris
ilmu ekonomi
memilih
Saya
teknik mesin
mengambil
mata pelajaran
matematika
belajar
mata kuliah
Pancasila
dan ____
sosiologi
pertanian
hukum
5.
sejarah eropa
bahasa jepang
Mengapa
suka
ilmu politik
Anda
memilih
teknik elektro
Bapak
mengambil
matematika
Ibu
belajar
Pancasila
tertarik pada
studi pembangunan
?
pertanian
hukum
sejarah Eropa
Saya
bahasa Jepang
petani
suka
ilmu politik
guru
memilih
teknik elektro
mengambil
matematika
belajar
Pancasila
ahli politik
tertarik pada
studi pembangunan
insinyur
pertanian
pegawai negeri
dosen
karena saya
ingin menjadi pengacara
hukum
6.
Universitas ___
kota ___
Ibu
Menurut pendapat
Bapak
Anda
apakah
mata pelajaran ___
baik
mata kuliah ___ itu
menyenangkan
SMP ___
menarik
Fakultas ___
Sekolah Dasar ___
?
Lesson 71
Universitas ___
Saya kira
kota ___
sangat
mata pelajaran ___
cukup
baik
tidak
menyenangkan
SMP ___
kurang
menarik
Fakultas ___
lumayan
mata kuliah ___
itu
karena ___
Sekolah Dasar ___
7.
Ibu
Menurut pendapat
Bapak
pelajaran ___
apakah
mudah
mata kuliah ___
Anda
itu
studi ___
sukar
?
membosankan
kuliah ___
pelajaran ___
mata pelajaran ___
Saya kira
cukup
mudah
memang
sukar
studi ___
tidak
membosankan
kuliah ___
lumayan
mata kuliah ___
8.
itu
karena ___
memakai komputer
masuk ___
sejarah Eropa
bahasa Jepang
Ibu
Apakah
Anda
Bapak
ilmu politik
lulus ujian
teknik elektro
sarjana
studi pembangunan
pertanian
hukum
mengetik
dengan hasil yang baik?
Lesson 71
memakai komputer
masuk ___
sejarah Eropa
bahasa Jepang
ilmu politik
Ya. saya lulus ujian
teknik elektro
dengan hasil yang
baik sekali.
studi pembangunan
pertanian
hukum
mengetik
memakai komputer
masuk
sejarah Eropa
bahasa Jepang
ilmu politik
Tidak. Saya tidak lulus ujian
teknik elektro
karena _____
sarjana
studi pembangunan
pertanian
hukum
mengetik
9.
Sesudah tamat belajar
Saya
pada tingkat SMA
Bapak bekerja di mana
di Universitas ___
Anda
menjadi apa
di Fakultas ___
Ibu
pindah ke mana
kota Jakarta.
wartawan.
provinsi Papua Barat.
pegawai negeri.
pindah ke
Departemen Pendidikan.
bekerja di
Pulau Lombok
petani.
Departemen Pertanian
sekretaris.
desa
ahli hukum.
Saya menjadi
?
Saya menjadi
karyawan toko.
wartawan.
kota Jakarta
pegawai negeri.
provinsi Irian Jaya
karyawan toko.
Departemen Pendidikan
petani.
Saya bekerja di
Pulau Lombok
sekretaris.
Departemen Pertanian
pengacara.
desa
Lesson 71
Exercise 071-01
Below you will find some answers. Write a question that fits with each of the answers. Don’t
forget to use a pronoun meaning “you” in your question.
1. Pertanyaan:..............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Saya bekerja di kantor Kepala Desa.
2. Pertanyaan:..............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Ya, saya tamat dengan hasil yang cukup baik.
3. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Saya kira mata kuliah sejarah itu menarik sekali.
4. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur kurang bagus karena
perpustakaannya jelek.
5. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Saya tertarik pada studi pembangunan karena saya ingin menjadi
pegawai Departemen Pertanian.
6. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Saya mengambil mata kuliah sejarah dan bahasa Jepang.
7. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Saya kuliah di sana selama lima tahun.
8. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Atas pada tahun 2001.
9. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Di kota Bengkulu pada tahun 1988.
10. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................
Jawaban: Ya, senang sekali.
Finding Out About Someone’s Education
Interrogate your classmates or your teacher/tutor about their education. Imagine that you are
talking to someone significantly older than yourself. Use Bapak and Ibu when you are talking to
this older person.
The model dialogue, substitution tables and Exercise 71-01 in this lesson give you a portfolio
of resources that you can use to ask and answer questions about someone’s education. Review
Lessons 67, 68, 69 and 70 will also help you frame questions and answer them.
Don’t forget to listen with interest to the answers that are given to your questions. Show interest, and keep the conversation interactive, with phrases like:
O begitu. (I see. Is that so.)
Kalau begitu…. (If that’s the case…)
Nanti dulu. (Just a moment.)
Aduh! (Wow! Oh!)
Maaf, boleh saya bertanya? (Sorry, can I ask you something?)
Memang, saya setuju. (That’s right, I agree.)
Wah… maaf, saya sama sekali tidak setuju. (Oh… sorry, I don’t agree at all.)
Lesson 71
Menarik sekali. (That’s very interesting.)
Kasihan! (You poor thing!)
Now Talk to Someone Closer To Your Own Age
Here’s how this lesson’s model dialogue might go if the two speakers were young and
close friends. Listen to Sound File 071-02 and compare it with the more formal model dialogue at the beginning of the lesson.
Dian
Dian
Eka
Kamu lahir di mana?
Aku lahir di Kemiri tahun 1985.
O gitu. Tahun berapa kamu
mulai kuliah?
Aku masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di
Manado tahun 2003.
Berapa lama belajar di sana?
Aku belajar di sana enam tahun.
Ambil kuliah apa waktu itu?
Di Upaya Luhur aku ambil hukum sama
sejarah dan bahasa Perancis juga.
Kenapa kamu kepingin
belajar hukum?
Yaaa, aku kepingin jadi pengacara.
Universitas Upaya Luhur itu gimana,
sih? Bagus nggak?
Kalo menurutku sih lumayan bagus.
Tapi jauh banget dari kota.
Terus, kuliah hukum itu sulit nggak?
Buat aku sih, kuliah hukum lumayan
sulit tapi nggak ngebosanin, soalnya
kami selalu ngobrol soal kasus-kasus
menarik.
Gimana hasil ujianmu?
Ya. biasanya sih hasilnya baik.
Abis tamat kerja di mana?
Aku pindah ke Jakarta jadi pengacara di
LBH.
LBH? Apaan sih?
LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum yang
nolong orang miskin bermasalah.
O gitu. Kantornya di mana?
Kantornya di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I,
Nomor 35, Jakarta.
Eka
Do Latihan 4 to check your understanding of this informal version dialogue.
Now, drawing on this dialogue for ideas, go over the substitution tables and Exercise 71-01
and change them so that that they are more informal. For example, all occurrences of Bapak, Ibu
and Anda will be replaced with kamu, and all instances of saya will be replaced with aku. Verbs
with a me- or ber- prefix will lose that prefix. “Apakah questions” will lose their initial apakah and
will adopt a sharply rising inflection. Tidak will become nggak, begitu will become gitu, and ingin
will become kepingin. Informal words like mikir (think), gampang (easy), and sama (and, with) will
appear. And so on. See how many changes you can make to render the substitution tables and
the exercise more informal.
Lesson 71
Then repeat your effort to find out about someone’s education, this time imagining that you are
young and talking to someone roughly the same age as yourself. Adopt a relaxed attitude as you
speak.
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
banget
how long
menarik
poor
berapa lama
very (Jakarta Indon.)
menolong
to help
daerah
law
miskin
interested in
hukum
to choose
mudah
Indon. state philosophy
lahir
fair, reasonable
Pancasila
opinion
lumayan
region
pendapat
easy
memilih
to be born
tertarik pada
to pull, interesting
Latihan 2—Pemahaman
Listen to Sound File 071-01 to answer the following questions.
1. Pada umur berapa pengacara itu mulai belajar di universitas?
A. 17 tahun
B. 18 tahun
C. 19 tahun
D. 20 tahun
2. Pengacara itu kuliah…
A. hukum, bahasa Prancis, sejarah
B. hukum, bahasa Belanda, sejarah
C. hukum, bahasa Jerman, ekonomi
D. hukum, bahasa Inggris, sejarah
3. Kenapa Bapak itu mau menjadi pengacara?
A. Karena gajinya besar.
B. Karena ia ingin membantu orang.
C. Karena ia tertarik pada hukum.
D. Karena mata kuliahnya tidak membosankan.
4. Apakah, menurut pengacara itu, kuliah hukum sulit?
A. Sama sekali tidak sulit karena selalu ada kasus yang menarik.
B. Tidak, mata kuliah hukum mudah sekali.
C. Iya, kuliah hukum sulit tetapi cukup menarik.
D. Memang sulit dan juga cukup membosankan.
Lesson 71
5. Sesudah selesai kuliah, di mana pengacara itu tinggal?
A. Ia tinggal di Manado.
B. Ia tinggal di Desa Kemiri
C. Ia tinggal di Jakarta.
D. Ia tinggal di Kebon Jeruk.
6. Di mana alamat kantor LBH?
A. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur II nomor 53
B. Jalan Kebon Jeruk I nomor 35
C. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur nomor 53
D. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I nomor 35
Latihan 3— Isian
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bantuan—bermasalah—hukum—
kasus-kasus—kuliah—lahir—membosankan—pengacara—selama—tamat—tertarik
Bapak ___________ di mana?
Saya lahir di desa Kemiri pada tahun 1975.
Tahun berapa Bapak mulai kuliah?
Saya masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di Manado pada tahun 1994.
Berapa lama Bapak belajar di universitas itu?
Saya belajar di sana ___________ enam tahun.
Bapak kuliah apa di situ?
Di Universitas Upaya Luhur dulu saya kuliah ___________ dan sejarah. Di samping itu saya juga belajar bahasa Perancis.
O begitu. Mengapa Bapak ___________ pada hukum?
Karena saya ingin menjadi ___________.
Hmmm. Menurut pendapat Bapak apakah Universitas Upaya Luhur itu bagus?
Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur itu lumayan bagus tetapi kampusnya terlalu
jauh dari kota.
Lesson 71
Menurut pendapat Bapak kuliah hukum itu sukar?
Saya kira ___________ hukum itu sukar tetapi sama sekali tidak ___________
karena kami selalu berbicara tentang ___________ menarik.
Bagaimana hasil ujian Bapak dulu?
Oh, biasanya hasil ujian saya cukup baik.
Sesudah ___________ kuliah Bapak bekerja di mana?
Saya pindah ke Jakarta dan menjadi pengacara di kantor LBH.
LBH? Apa itu?
LBH itu Lembaga ___________ Hukum yang menolong orang miskin yang
___________.
O begitu. Di mana kantornya?
Kantornya di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I, Nomor 35, Jakarta.
Latihan 4—Isian: Informal
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: abis—ambil—kepingin—lahir—
ngebosanin—nolong—O gitu—sih—soal—soalnya
Kamu __________ di mana?
Aku lahir di Kemiri tahun 1985.
O gitu. Tahun berapa kamu mulai
kuliah?
Aku masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di Manado tahun 2003.
Berapa lama belajar di sana?
Aku belajar di sana enam tahun.
__________ kuliah apa waktu itu?
Di Upaya Luhur aku ambil hukum
sama sejarah dan bahasa Prancis
juga.
O gitu. Kenapa kamu __________
belajar hukum?
Yaaa, aku kepingin jadi pengacara.
__________. Universitas Upaya Luhur itu gimana, sih? Bagus nggak?
Kalo menurutku sih lumayan bagus. Tapi jauh banget dari kota.
Terus, kuliah hukum itu sulit ng-
Buat saya sih, kuliah hukum luma-
Lesson 71
gak?
yan sulit tapi nggak __________,
__________ kami selalu ngobrol
__________ kasus-kasus menarik.
Gimana hasil ujianmu?
Ya. biasanya sih hasilnya baik.
__________ tamat kerja di mana?
Aku pindah ke Jakarta jadi pengacara di LBH.
LBH? Apaan __________?
LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum
yang __________ orang miskin bermasalah.
O gitu. Kantornya di mana?
Di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I, Nomor 35, Jakarta
Latihan 5—Formal dan Informal
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan ragam informalnya di sebelah kanan.
1. memilih
a. ngobrol
2. bekerja
b. mikir
3. lalu
c. buat
4. menjadi
d. soal
5. karena
e. sama
6. berpikir
f. nolong
7. membosankan
g. gampang
8. untuk
h. ngebosanin
9. obrol
i. terus
10. menolong
j. soalnya
11. dan
k. jadi
12. tentang
l. milih
13. mudah
m. kerja
Lesson 71
Latihan 6—Kosa Kata
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. bantuan
a. lawyer
2. kasus
b. to choose
3. bermasalah
c. to become, to be
4. pengacara
d. assistance
5. studi pembangunan
e. boring
6. teknik elektro
f. to have a problem
7. memilih
g. electrical engineering
8. membosankan
h. to help
9. menolong
i. case
10. menjadi
j. development studies
11. lahir
k. to be born
Latihan 7—Rangkai Kata
Urutkan kata-kata berikut menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti berikut:
1. “Why do you take a course in law?”
Mengapa—mata—kuliah—Bapak—mengambil—hukum?
2. “In your opinion, is history an interesting subject?”
Menurut—sejarah—pelajaran—Anda,—apakah—pendapat—menarik?
3. “I moved to Jakarta to become a lawyer at the legal aid office.”
Aku pindah—pengacara—Jakarta—menjadi—ke—di—LBH.
Lesson 71
Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
1.
informal for mudah
4.
informal for bercakap-cakap
6.
informal for dan
10. informal for membosankan
11. informal for menjadi
12. informal for lalu
Menurun:
2.
informal for memilih
3.
informal for menolong
5.
informal for untuk
6.
informal for karena
7.
informal for tentang
8.
informal for bekerja
9.
informal for berpikir
Lesson 72
72 “Selamat Datang Bapak Presiden”
Aims
• To provide the vocabulary, a model narrative, sentences shells and examples of
question/answer interaction that will enable you to talk about education.
• To practice using Bapak and Ibu to talk to a respected person about his/her education and
career.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
berita
news
mengurus
to take care of
berkunjung
to visit
minta tolong
to ask for help
daerah
region
miskin
poor
dulu
in the past
muda
young
kemudian
then
paman
uncle
lain
others
pernah
ever
majalah
magazine, journal
teknik sipil
civil engineering
membangun
to build
terkenal
famous, popular
Sudah Pernah and Belum Pernah
Sudah pernah and belum pernah are very common phrases, but they are not all that easy to
use idiomatically. Basically pernah adds a dimension of emphasis to sudah or belum, and narrows
their meanings a little.
Savour the difference between these two English sentences.
Have you studied French?
Have you ever studied French?
The first sentence feels like a mild, rather general, inquiry that almost seems to invite more than
just a yes/no answer, whereas the second sentence seems to be asking much more bluntly:
“Have you AT ANY TIME IN THE PAST ever studied French: YES or NO?”
Sudah pernah (and its negative counterpart belum pernah) add an edge of emphasis and specific focus like the second sentence above. They help to form emphatic statements or ask
Lesson 72
straightforward questions, about what you have or haven’t done, or about what has or hasn’t
happened.
Ibu Zainab sudah pernah berkunjung ke Sumatra.
Mrs Zainab has made a visit to Sumatra.
Saya sudah pernah belajar bahasa Arab, tetapi dulu.
I have studied Arabic, but some time back.
Saya belum pernah minum bir Indonesia.
I have never ever drunk Indonesian beer.
Dia belum pernah bekerja pada malam hari.
She has never worked at night.
Apakah dia sudah pernah minta tolong pada pamannya?
Has he ever asked his uncle for help?
Apakah Ibu sudah pernah ke luar negeri?
Have you ever been overseas?
The sudah is often dropped from the phrase sudah pernah, especially if there is another marker
of pastness in the sentence, like dulu, for example.
Dulu Ibu Zainab pernah berkunjung ke Sumatera.
Mrs Zainab once went for a visit to Sumatra.
Saya pernah belajar bahasa Arab, tetapi dulu.
I have studied Arabic, but some time back.
Apakah dia pernah minta tolong pada pamannya?
Has he ever asked his uncle for help?
Apakah Ibu pernah ke luar negeri?
Have you ever been overseas?
When sudah accompanies pernah in a question, the question is answered either with sudah
pernah (in colloquial speech often abbreviated to pernah) or belum pernah, or, more simply, sudah or belum.
Apakah Bapak sudah pernah belajar mengetik?
Have you ever studied how to type?
Sudah. Belum.
Yes, I have.No, I haven’t
Apakah Ibu sudah pernah bekerja pada hari Sabtu atau hari Minggu?
Have you ever worked on a Saturday or Sunday?
Sudah pernah. Belum pernah.
Yes, I have.No, I haven’t
Exercise 72-01
Answer each of these questions either in the affirmative or in the negative by choosing either
sudah or belum. Then add a follow-up sentence beginning with Tetapi and containing sudah pernah o r belum pernah. Refer to yourself as saya irrespective of whether the question addresses
you as Anda, Bapak or Ibu. Study the examples first.
Apakah Ibu sudah pernah belajar mengurus kantor?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi saya sudah pernah belajar mengetik.
Lesson 72
Apakah Bapak sudah pernah bekerja di pabrik mobil?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi saya belum pernah bekerja di pabrik pakaian.
1. Apakah Anda sudah pernah bekerja pada malam hari?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
2. Apakah Ibu sudah pernah memakai komputer?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
3. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah memperbaiki mobil yang rusak?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
4. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah membangun rumah?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
5. Apakah Anda sudah pernah bekerja di kampung?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
6. Apakah Ibu sudah pernah mengajar di sekolah dasar?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
7. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah mengambil mata kuliah teknik sipil?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
8. Sebelum pindah ke sini apakah Anda sudah pernah belajar di perguruan tinggi?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
9. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah bekerja sebagai insinyur?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
10.Apakah Anda sudah pernah menulis untuk surat kabar?
Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....
Wawancara dengan Ahmad Tohari
Ahmad Tohari is a well known Indonesian writer. His book Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk was
translated under the title “The Dancer” by René T.A. Lysloff (Jakarta : Lontar Foundation,
2003). The following is not a real interview with Ahmad Tohari.
Listen to Sound File 072-01.
Bu Nia (wartawan)
Bu Nia
Ahmad Tohari
Pak Ahmad lahirnya kapan?
Saya lahir tanggal 13 Juni 1948.
Di mana Bapak lahir?
Saya lahir di desa Tinggarjaya di daerah
Banyumas di provinsi Jawa Tengah.
Hmmm. Lalu... bagaimana pendidikan
Bapak? Di mana Bapak belajar?
Saya masuk sekolah dasar di desa Tinggarjaya. Kemudian saya belajar di SMP
dan SMA di kota Purwokerto.
Apakah Bapak pernah kuliah di perguruan tinggi?
Pernah. Saya masuk Fakultas Ekonomi
Universitas Jenderal Sudirman di Purwokerto.
Bagaimana hasil studi Bapak? Baik?
O tidak! Saya tidak lulus!
O begitu. Lalu... katanya Bapak juga
pernah belajar di Jakarta. Apakah itu
betul?
Memang. Saya pernah belajar di Fakultas
Kedokteran Universitas Ibnu Khaldun di
Jakarta tetapi di sana juga saya tidak berhasil.
Ahmad
Tohari
Lesson 72
Katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di
Amerika Serikat.
Betul. Pada tahun 1990 saya belajar selama satu tahun di Universitas Iowa di Amerika Serikat.
Tahun berapa Bapak mulai menulis?
Saya mulai menulis pada tahun 1978.
Sampai sekarang saya sudah menulis tujuh novel.
Banyak sekali! Katanya novel-novel
Bapak cukup terkenal.
Ya, katanya. Tetapi sampai sekarang saya
masih miskin.
Ha ha ha! Bapak menulis novel tentang apa?
Saya menulis tentang kehidupan orang
desa di Pulau Jawa. Misalnya dalam novel
saya Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk saya menulis tentang seorang perempuan muda
yang menjadi penari yang terkenal di desanya.
Di samping novel itu apakah ada
buku Bapak yang lain yang terkenal?
Ada. Saya kira novel saya Lintang Kemukus Dinihari cukup terkenal.
O ya. Saya juga pernah membaca novel itu, Pak. Menarik sekali.
Terima kasih.
Di mana Bapak bekerja sekarang?
Dulu saya pernah menjadi wartawan untuk majalah Amanah di Jakarta, tetapi sekarang saya mengurus sekolah Islam di
desa saya.
Tahun berapa Bapak mulai bekerja di
majalah Amanah?
Tahun 1986. Sebelum itu saya menjadi
wartawan di surat kabar Merdeka, juga di
Jakarta.
Apakah Bapak masih menulis novel?
Tentu saja, masih. Saya lebih suka menulis novel daripada menulis berita.
Hmmm, menarik sekali. Apakah Bapak sudah kawin?
Sudah. Nama istri saya Syamsiyah. Dulu
dia seorang guru sekolah dasar.
Sekarang Bapak tinggal di mana?
Saya masih tinggal di desa Tinggarjaya tidak jauh dari kota Purwokerto di Jawa Tengah. Saya lebih senang tinggal di desa
daripada di kota besar tetapi kantor saya
di Jakarta.
Pak Ahmad, saya kira sudah cukup.
Terima kasih, Pak.
Terima kasih kembali.
After having listened to the sound file and reading the transcription, do Latihan 4 and 5 to
check your understanding of this interview.
Now try to reproduce this interview. You don’t need to learn the interview by heart or reproduce it exactly. But it would be helpful to lift words and phrases from it where you can remember
Lesson 72
them. Basically, though, you should reproduce in your own words the main motifs of the interview.
These include:
• place and date of birth
• education (primary school, secondary school and university)
• details of career
• details about family and current activities
To flesh out your interview and make it more authentic go to the internet to find more information about Ahmad Tohari, both in English, and in Indonesian-language web sites. Repeat the interview several times, striving for more authentic detail, better correctness and greater smoothness
each time you repeat it.
Role Play: Interviewing President Obama
Imagine that you are taking part in a television interview between an Indonesian-speaking reporter (wartawan) and President Obama of the United Sates (Presiden Obama dari Amerika
Serikat). As a boy President Obama spent four years living in Indonesia. He attended Sekolah
Dasar Menteng 01 and today still speaks some Indonesian.
Focus especially (but not exclusively) on questions about the president’s youth, education and
career prior to becoming president. Prepare very carefully by researching the president’s life
story. Ransack the model interview earlier in this lesson and review other material in this lesson
and in previous ones. Prepare a script or cue cards if necessary, although you should always
strive not to rely on them. Extract as much life (especially humour) as you can from the role play.
Dress up, or at the very least, adopt some of the mannerisms of the president and of glitzy TV interviewers. Address “President Obama” respectfully as Bapak Presiden.
Don’t be afraid to ask the president “hard questions” provided you frame them in simple but
good Indonesian, and provided “the president” can answer them coherently in simple but good
Indonesian. Above all take scrupulous care to ensure that your Indonesian is authentic and correct.
Your interview might begin something like this:
Selamat datang Bapak Presiden. Apa kabar?
Presiden Obama: Baik-baik saja. Saya senang sekali dapat bertemu dengan
Anda.
Terima kasih. Bapak Presiden lahir pada tahun berapa?
When you feel you have mastered the role play well, consider interviewing other “celebrities”
who (for the purposes of the role play) have miraculously acquired fluency in Indonesian that
matches yours. Your celebrity could be:
• seorang perdana menteri atau seorang presiden
• seorang bintang film atau seorang bintang drama televisi
• seorang bintang musik rock yang sering menyanyi di televisi / radio
• seorang bintang olahraga
• seorang bangsawan
Perhaps a member of your class could be interviewed as a “celebrity” on a more modest scale.
Lesson 72
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
berita
ever
majalah
young
berkunjung
then
membangun
to ask for help
daerah
uncle
mengurus
poor
dulu
other
minta tolong
famous
kemudian
news
miskin
magazine, journal
lain
region
muda
civil engineering
paman
to visit
teknik sipil
to build
pernah
a long time ago, in
the past
terkenal
to take care of, organise
Latihan 2—Menyimak
Jodohkan Rekaman 072-02 dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1.
a. Have you ever been overseas?
2.
b. Have you ever studied with him?
3.
c. Have you ever asked your professor for assistance?
4.
d. I have never drunk beer.
5.
e. I have been to his house but a long time ago.
6.
f. She has learnt how to type.
7.
g. She has never eaten spicy food.
8.
h. She has never visited her younger sister.
Latihan 3—Jawaban Singkat: Kalimat Tanya
Make an interrogative sentence of the type “Have you ever...” based on the statement
provided.
Statement
1. Ibu berjalan-jalan ke Tokyo.
2. Toni bekerja pada malam hari.
3. Bapak Haryanto belajar memperbaiki
mobil.
4. Kartika berbelanja di pasar dekat
rumahnya.
Question
Apakah Ibu pernah berjalan-jalan ke Tokyo?
Lesson 72
5. Ibu Tuti mengajar di sekolah
menengah pertama.
6. Ria menulis untuk surat kabar.
Latihan 4—Pemahaman
Jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan “Wawancara”.
1. In what year was Mr. Tohari born? Answer the question by writing down the year in Indonesian.
....................................................................................................................................
2. Where did he attend primary school?
A. Purwokerto
B. Jakarta
C. Yogyakarta
D. Tinggarjaya
3. Mr. Tohari used to study at the School of Economics of Universitas Ibnu Khaldun.
A. True
B. False
4. Mr. Tohari enrolled in the College of Medicine when he studied in the US.
A. True
B. False
5. When did he start writing? Answer the question by writing down the year in Indonesian.
....................................................................................................................................
6. What is Mr. Tohari's current position?
A. He is a correspondent for a newspaper in Jakarta.
B. He is a journalist for Amanah magazine.
C. He is taking care of his Islamic school in Tinggarjaya village.
D. He is working as a public relations agent for an Islamic school.
7. Mr. Tohari prefers to be a news writer rather than a novelist.
A. True
B. False
8. Where does Mr. Tohari live now?
A. Purwokerto
B. Iowa
C. Tinggarjaya
D. Jakarta
9. His wife was a primary school teacher.
A. True
B. False
Lesson 72
Latihan 5—Isian
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: berhasil—betul—cukup—daerah—
daripada—desa—hasil—istri—kapan—kemudian—kuliah—lulus—masih—menarik—
menjadi—menulis—mulai—pendidikan—pernah—selama—tahun berapa—tentang—terima
kasih kembali—tinggal
Pak Ahmad lahirnya __________?
Saya lahir tanggal 13 Juni 1948.
Di mana Bapak lahir?
Saya lahir di desa Tinggarjaya di __________ Banyumas di provinsi
Jawa Tengah.
Hmmm. Lalu... bagaimana __________ Bapak? Di mana Bapak belajar?
Saya masuk sekolah dasar di desa Tinggarjaya. __________ saya belajar di SMP dan SMA di kota Purwokerto.
Apakah Bapak pernah __________ di perguruan tinggi?
Pernah. Saya masuk Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Jenderal Sudirman di Purwokerto.
Bagaimana __________ studi Bapak? Baik?
O tidak! Saya tidak __________!
O begitu. Lalu... katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Jakarta. Apakah itu __________?
Memang. Saya __________ belajar di Fakultas Kedokteran Universitas Ibnu Khaldun di Jakarta tetapi di sana juga saya tidak _________.
Katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Amerika Serikat.
Betul. Pada tahun 1990 saya belajar __________ satu tahun di Universitas Iowa di Amerika Serikat.
__________ Bapak mulai menulis?
Saya mulai menulis pada tahun 1978. Sampai sekarang saya sudah
__________ tujuh novel.
Banyak sekali! Katanya novel-novel Bapak __________ terkenal.
Lesson 72
Ya, katanya. Tetapi sampai sekarang saya masih miskin.
Ha ha ha! Bapak menulis novel __________ apa?
Saya menulis tentang kehidupan orang desa di Pulau Jawa. Misalnya
dalam novel saya Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk saya menulis tentang seorang perempuan muda yang __________ penari yang terkenal di desanya.
Di samping novel itu apakah ada buku Bapak yang lain yang terkenal?
Ada. Saya kira novel saya Lintang Kemukus Dinihari cukup terkenal.
O ya. Saya juga pernah membaca novel itu, Pak. __________ sekali.
Terima kasih.
Di mana Bapak bekerja sekarang?
Dulu saya pernah menjadi wartawan untuk majalah Amanah di Jakarta, tetapi sekarang saya mengurus sekolah Islam di desa saya.
Tahun berapa Bapak __________ bekerja di majalah Amanah?
Tahun 1986. Sebelum itu saya menjadi wartawan di surat kabar Merdeka, juga di Jakarta.
Apakah Bapak __________ menulis novel?
Tentu saja, masih. Saya lebih suka menulis novel __________ menulis
berita.
Hmmm, menarik sekali. Apakah Bapak sudah kawin?
Sudah. Nama __________ saya Syamsiyah. Dulu dia seorang guru sekolah dasar.
Sekarang Bapak __________ di mana?
Saya masih tinggal di desa Tinggarjaya tidak jauh dari kota Purwokerto di Jawa Tengah. Saya lebih senang tinggal di __________ daripada di kota besar tetapi kantor saya di Jakarta.
Pak Ahmad, saya kira sudah cukup. Terima kasih, Pak. ___________.
__________.
Lesson 72
Latihan 6—Rangkai Kata
Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti:
1. “He has never read any novels in Indonesian.”
Dia—novel—berbahasa—pernah—membaca—belum —Indonesia.
2. “He has written a news report about the environment.”
Dia—menulis—pernah—tentang—berita—sudah—lingkungan.
3. “Have you ever built a house in a village?”
Apakah—kamu—di—rumah—pernah—membangun—desa?
4. “So far I have never been to Japan.”
Sampai—sekarang—pernah—belum—saya—pergi—ke—Jepang.
5. “I think she has never learnt to swim.”
Saya—pernah—kira—belajar—dia—belum—berenang.
Latihan 7—Pilihan Ganda: Kosa Kata
Pilihlah jawaban yang benar.
1. Ahmad Tohari menulis sebuah novel tentang _______ terkenal.
A. bintang
B. penari
C. buku
D. bahasa
2. Semua orang tahu Nicole Kidman, ______ film Hollywood yang sangat cantik.
A. sekarang
B. penari
C. bintang
D. pernah
3. ______ ______ saya tidak tahu siapa yang menulis novel itu.
A. Belum pernah
B. Sudah pernah
C. Sampai sekarang
D. Sampai jumpa
4. Apa kamu ______ ______ berkunjung ke Dunia Fantasi di Jakarta?
A. sampai sekarang
B. sampai pernah
C. sekarang pernah
D. sudah pernah
5. Saya ______ ______ berenang di laut. Saya ingin mencobanya.
A. sudah pernah
B. belum pernah
C. sampai sekarang
D. belum sekarang
Lesson 72
Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
2.
a novel
3.
to use
7.
to visit
8.
to study
9.
to teach
13. a newspaper
14. to build
15. a star
16. have been; once;
already; ever
17. a dancer
18. to read
Menurun:
1.
famous
4.
to type
5.
to work
6.
in the past, a long time
ago
8.
not yet
10. to write
11. a reporter
12. a magazine, journal
Lesson 73
73 Keterampilan Kerja
Aims
• To review and practise using the names of occupations and professions
• To practise talking about capabilities and work skills using adverbs and auxiliary verbs.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
berapa kali
how many times
menyanyi
to sing a song
bidang
field of study
pemain
player
cepat
fast, quick
pembantu
assistant, maid
cuaca
weather
penari
dancer
gaji
salary
peneliti
researcher
hati-hati
to be careful
pengusaha
businessman/woman
keras
hard
rajin
diligent
keterampilan
skill
sudah pernah
have ever
perabot
furniture
tahun berapa
in what year
mengurus
to take care of
tamu
guest
The Prefixes pe- and peNA word that consists of the prefix pe- or peN- attached to a base-word can mean “a person
who does the action expressed in the base word”. For instance a person who reads (membaca) is
a reader (pembaca), a person who smokes (merokok) is a smoker (perokok), and a person who
works in the fields (bertani) is a farmer (petani). Many of these derived words describe occupations or categories of workers. Here are some more examples.
As we have seen above, pe- nouns are based on ber- verbs whereas peN- nouns are based on
meN- verbs. The latter assimilates the prefix to the base-word in the same way that the me- prefix
assimilates to a base-word, namely by a nasal which is either m, n, ng, ny, or Ø. The symbol Ø indicates that there is no nasal because the root word begins with l, m, n, r, w, ny, ng, and y.
Lesson 73
1. pe- nouns
Base
+ ber-
Meaning
+ pe-
Meaning
ajar
belajar
to learn
pelajar
a learner
dagang
berdagang
to trade, deal
pedagang
a trader, a dealer
main
bermain
to play
pemain
a player
tani
bertani
to farm
petani
a farmer
tugas
bertugas
to carry out a task
petugas
clerk, officer
Base
+ meN-
Meaning
+ peN-
Meaning
ajar
mengajar
to teach
pengajar
a teacher
bantu
membantu
to assist
pembantu
assistent
beli
membeli
to buy
pembeli
buyer
jual
menjual
to sell
penjual
vendor, salesperson
kelola
mengelola
to manage
pengelola
manager
latih
melatih
to practice
pelatih
a sports coach
layan
melayani
to serve
pelayan
a waiter/waitress
nyanyi
menyanyi
to sing
penyanyi
a singer
pimpin
memimpin
to lead
pemimpin
a leader
tari
menari
to dance
penari
a dancer
teliti
meneliti
to research
peneliti
a researcher
tulis
menulis
to write
penulis
writer
usaha
mengusahakan
to endeavor
pengusaha
an entrepreneur
2. peN- nouns
Now check your understanding of these prefixes by doing Latihan 3.
Lesson 73
The Diverse World of Work
Many workers have already passed through the pages of this course. Here is a list of their occupations. Check that you remember what each of these terms means.
ahli filsafat
akuntan
bupati
detektif
dokter
dokter gigi
dosen
guru
ibu kos
ibu rumah tangga
insinyur
karyawan toko
kepala desa
kepala sekolah
mahasiswa
montir
pegawai kantor
pelayan
pemain olahraga
pembantu
pengusaha
perwira
petani
polisi
sekretaris
seniman
sopir
tentara
tukang kayu
wartawan
It is possible to conjure up terms for certain occupations that haven’t yet appeared in The Indonesian Way. You can do this by combining two or more of the words you already know. Thus
ahli (an expert) combines with keuangan (finance) to produce ahli keuangan (an expert on financial
matters, a financial adviser). Here are more examples of this. (You may be able to add more occupations to this list.)
AHLI
ahli bahasa
ahli cuaca
ahli hukum
ahli ilmu ekonomi
ahli ilmu kimia
ahli ilmu politik
ahli keuangan
ahli komputer
ahli matematika
ahli pertanian
ahli sastra
ahli sejarah
ahli teknik mesin
DOSEN
dosen matematika
dosen sosiologi
dosen ilmu ekonomi
dosen bahasa Inggris
GURU
guru bahasa Indonesia / Prancis, etc.
guru ilmu pengetahuan
guru sekolah dasar
PEMAIN
pemain bola voli
pemain bulu tangkis / badminton
pemain film
pemain sepak bola
pemain tenis
pemain musik
PENGUSAHA
pengusaha restoran / rumah makan
pengusaha toko roti
pengusaha mobil
pengusaha komputer
pengusaha barang elektronik
TUKANG
tukang becak
tukang kayu
tukang kebun
tukang listrik
tukang masak
SOPIR
sopir bemo
sopir bus
sopir mobil
Lesson 73
sopir taksi
sopir truk
sopir angkot
KARYAWAN
karyawan bank
karyawan biro pariwisata
karyawan hotel
karyawan laboratorium
karyawan museum
karyawan pabrik
karyawan pasar swalayan
karyawan toko buku
guru sekolah menengah
PEGAWAI
pegawai kantor imigrasi
pegawai kantor sensus
pegawai negeri
pegawai pemerintah
pegawai perpustakaan
SEKRETARIS
sekretaris gedung apartemen
sekretaris kantor
sekretaris perusahaan pakaian
sekretaris organisasi guru sekolah
You can talk in more general terms about the work that you – or someone else – can do, or
would like to do. For example you can talk about where.
Jepang / Prancis etc.
kantor pemerintah
sekolah menengah
stasiun televisi
taman nasional
warung kopi
perusahaan komputer
toko pakaian
laboratorium
Mereka
pabrik mobil
Saya
ingin bekerja di
usaha tani
Bapak Sunarto
bekerja di
rumah sakit
Ibu Smith
universitas
surat kabar
majalah berita
kebun buah
kebun kopi
sawah
hutan
luar negeri
Lesson 73
You can also talk about the particular field (bidang) you work in, or would like to work in.
hukum
olahraga
pembangunan
ilmu pengetahuan
Mereka
komputer
Saya
ingin bekerja di bidang
kedokteran
Bapak Sunarto
bekerja di bidang
pendidikan
Ibu Smith
teknik
pertanian
bisnis
pariwisata
You can even talk about some of the vocational skills you possess, or would like to possess.
memperbaiki mesin mobil
Saya dapat
menulis untuk surat kabar
Saya sudah cukup pandai
menjual HP dan komputer
Saya ingin menjadi orang yang pandai
bermain sepak bola
Saya ingin belajar
menyanyikan lagu pop
membuat perabot
Talking About Work Skills with Auxiliary Verbs and Adverbs
You have already met and used auxiliary verbs that can help you talk about general capabilities
and work skills. Among these are bisa and dapat. You can also “fine tune” information about skills
by using adverbial phrases.
In English, if you are discussing people’s capabilities you might use adverbs like “quickly”,
“carefully”, “conscientiously” and so on. You will notice that these three words are derived from
the adjectives “quick”, “careful” and “conscientious” with an “-ly” ending added.
You can do a roughly similar thing with certain adjectives in Indonesian. The word dengan before these adjectives turns them into adverbs, more or less as “-ly” turns an adjective into an adverb in English.
Adjective
Adverb
Adjective
Adverb
cepat
quick
dengan cepat
quickly
hati-hati
careful
dengan hati-hati
carefully
rajin
conscientious
dengan rajin
conscientiously
baik
good
dengan baik
well
Usually adverbs with dengan appear after a verb, towards the end of a sentence. Here are
some examples of sentences using auxiliary verbs and adverbs.
Lesson 73
Saya bisa mengetik dengan cepat.
I can type quickly.
Dia bermain dengan hati-hati.
He is playing cautiously.
Bapak Hadi dapat mengajar dengan baik.
Mr Hadi can teach competently.
Bapak Wibowo tidak bisa mengurus kantor dengan baik.
Mr Wibowo can’t run an office efficiently.
To this small armoury of resources you can add the following helper words
sudah pandai
sudah biasa
sudah berani
(to have learned to do something well, to be good at)
(to be used to doing something)
(to have the confidence now to do a certain thing)
Each of these has negative transformations.
belum pandai
tidak pandai
(to have not yet mastered a certain skill)
(to be no good at doing a certain thing)
belum biasa
tidak biasa
(to still feel uncomfortable about doing a certain thing)
(to not normally do a certain thing, to not be in the habit of…)
belum berani
(to still lack the confidence to do a certain thing)
(to decline/refuse to do something because you feel you don’t have the
skills or you don’t have what it takes)
tidak berani
Study how these terms can be used in these model sentences.
Saya sudah biasa bekerja pada hari Minggu.
I’m used to working on Sundays
Mereka belum pandai memakai komputer.
They’re no good at using computers yet.
Saya belum berani mengajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah.
I don’t feel ready yet to teach at the secondary school level.
Dulu Pak Imran belum pandai memakai traktor tetapi sekarang dia sudah pandai.
Mr Imran used to lack the skills to drive a tractor, but now he is good at it.
Dulu saya tidak biasa bekerja di restoran, tetapi sekarang saya sudah biasa.
In the old days I wasn’t used to working in restaurants, but now I’m quite
used to it.
Apakah Anda berani bekerja jauh di gunung?
Have you got what it takes to work way up in the mountains?
Let’s sum up the resources you now have to talk about capabilities and accomplishments.
dapat
bisa
pandai
biasa
berani
dengan baik
belum dapat
belum bisa
belum pandai
belum biasa
belum berani
dengan rajin
dengan cepat
tidak dapat
tidak bisa
tidak pandai
tidak biasa
tidak berani
dengan hati-hati
Lesson 73
Awas!!
There is a very common idiomatic exception to the dengan + adjective pattern
given above, and that relates to use of the adjective keras. Basically keras means
“hard” in the sense “not soft”. But like the word “hard” in English, keras can be used
as an adverb with the meaning “energetically” or “vigorously”. When keras is used in
this way it is not usually preceded by dengan. So there are the following idiomatic
expressions which you should learn by heart.
bekerja keras
to work hard
belajar keras
to study hard
berusaha keras
to try hard
Mau menjadi pengusaha kaya? Anda harus bekerja keras!
Do you want to be a rich businessman? You’ve got to work hard!
Dia lulus ujiannya bukan karena pandai tetapi karena dia belajar keras.
She passed her exam not because she’s smart, but because she studied hard.
Karena dia berusaha keras akhirnya dia berhasil.
Because she tried hard, eventually she was successful.
Exercise 73-01
As far back as Module 1 you practised responding to questions with an “echo answer”, that is
saying “yes” or “no” to a question by echoing a key word in it. In this exercise, translate each sentence into good English, including the echo answer. Make sure your translations of the echo answers are in appropriate and idiomatic English. Here are two examples to get you going.
Apakah Bapak sudah berani mengurus toko yang besar dan ramai? — Sudah.
Do you have the confidence to run a big and busy shop? — Yes, I do.
Apakah Ibu sudah biasa bekerja dengan orang asing? — Wah, maaf, belum.
Are you used to working with foreigners? — Oh, sorry, no I’m not.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Apakah Bapak dapat membuat meja, kursi dan lemari dari kayu jati? — Dapat.
Apakah Bapak sudah pandai memelihara ayam? — Sudah.
Apakah Bapak bisa masuk sebelum jam enam pagi? — Wah, maaf, tidak bisa.
Apakah Anda sudah biasa bekerja pada malam hari? — Sudah. Biasa sekali.
Apakah Ibu mau menjual rokok dan minuman keras? — Mau.
Apakah Anda sudah berani memperbaiki komputer Macintosh? — Wah... belum berani.
Apakah Ibu sudah pandai berbahasa Inggris? — Sudah... sudah cukup pandai.
Apakah Anda suka bekerja keras? — Suka, tentu saja suka.
Apakah Ibu sudah biasa mengajar anak-anak tingkat SMA? — Belum.
Gaji saya kecil, Pak. Bisa lebih besar? — Maaf, tidak bisa.
Quizzing Someone About Their Work Experience and Skills
With a fellow student, or your teacher/tutor, exchange details about work skills and experience.
Before you begin, carefully review the material in this lesson — the names of occupations, the
substitution tables that help you talk about vocational skills, the auxiliary words and adverbs you
can use, and the “echo answers” you can use in responses to questions. Many – perhaps most –
Lesson 73
of your sentences will have the verb bekerja in them but there are many other verbs you can use
to talk in more specific terms about work skills and experience. Here are some of them. (Some
vocabulary items are new. Check the vocabulary list if you don’t know their meanings.)
berbahasa ____, berbicara, berdagang, berkebun, bermain, melakukan, memakai,
membangun, membantu, membuat, memelihara, memperbaiki, mempunyai, menanam,
mendidik, mengajar, mengatur, mengetik, mengurus, menjadi, menjual, menulis, menyanyi,
menyanyikan
ΠTo ask about work skills choose from among questions like these
Anda
sudah dapat
melakukan pekerjaan apa?
sudah pandai
apa?
sudah bisa
bekerja di bidang apa?
Anda mempunyai ketrampilan apa?
dapat _____
sudah pandai _____
Apakah Anda (juga)
pandai _____
sudah biasa _____
berani _____
 To ask about work experience choose from among questions like these
Bagaimana pengalaman kerja Anda?
menjadi apa?
Anda
pernah
bekerja di bidang apa?
sudah pernah
bekerja di bidang mana?
bekerja sebagai apa?
bekerja di ___
bekerja di bidang ___
Apakah Anda
pernah
menjadi ___
sudah pernah
bekerja sebagai ___
mencari pekerjaan sebagai ___
Lesson 73
Tahun berapa Anda
menjadi
bekerja di
Dulu
Pada waktu itu
Anda bekerja di mana?
Waktu Anda tinggal di ___
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
berapa kali
fast, quick
menyanyi
assistant, maid
bidang
field of study
pemain
businessman/woman
cepat
furniture
pembantu
dancer
cuaca
hard
penari
diligent
gaji
how many times
peneliti
guest
hati-hati
salary
pengusaha
have ever
keras
skill
rajin
in what year
keterampilan
to be careful
sudah pernah
player
perabot
to take care of
tahun berapa
researcher
mengurus
weather
tamu
to sing a song
Latihan 2—Bermacam-macam Pekerjaan
Jodohkan pekerjaan di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1. montir
a. farmer
2. kepala desa
b. teacher
3. guru
c. university student
4. petani
d. mechanic
5. dokter gigi
e. waiter/waitress
6. mahasiswa
f. engineer
7. pelayan
g. journalist
8. wartawan
h. village head
9. insinyur
i. dentist
Lesson 73
Latihan 3—Tata Bahasa
Change the following base words into words with prefix pe- or peN-. Pay attention to the
ber- and meN- verbs provided for your consideration.
1. dagang → orang yang berdagang
...........................................................
2. kerja → orang yang bekerja
...........................................................
3. latih → orang yang melatih
...........................................................
4. pimpin → orang yang memimpin
...........................................................
5. ajar → orang yang mengajar
...........................................................
6. ajar → orang yang belajar
...........................................................
7. kelola → orang yang mengelola
...........................................................
8. jual → orang yang menjual
...........................................................
9. tulis → orang yang menulis
...........................................................
10. nyanyi → orang yang menyanyi
...........................................................
11. tugas → orang yang bertugas
...........................................................
12. renang → orang yang berenang
...........................................................
Latihan 4—Kata Majemuk
Match the words in the two columns in such a way that they result in a new compound (kata
majemuk).
1. ahli
a. dasar
2. bahasa
b. hukum
3. sekolah
c. Jepang
4. taman
d. negeri
5. pegawai
e. nasional
6. rumah
f. kabar
7. surat
g. sakit
8. tukang
h. truk
9. sopir
i. becak
Lesson 73
Latihan 5—Isian
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: belum pandai—berani mengajar—
dapat melayani—dapat membuat—dengan cepat—dengan hati-hati—sudah biasa
1. Dia bermain __________.
2. Saya __________ bekerja pada hari Minggu.
3. Mereka __________ memakai komputer.
4. Apa Anda sudah __________ di universitas?
5. Para pelayan itu sudah __________ tamu dengan baik.
6. Apakah Bapak __________ meja, kursi dan lemari dari kayu jati?
7. Kartika bisa mengetik __________.
Latihan 6—Rangkai Kata
Urutkanlah kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti:
1. “I’m used to working on Sundays.”
Saya—bekerja—biasa—pada—sudah—hari—Minggu.
2. “I am not confident yet to teach at the secondary school level.”
Saya—pada—mengajar—tingka—sekolah—berani—belum—menengah.
3. “Because she tried hard, eventually she was successful.”
Karena—keras,—dia—akhirnya—berusaha—dia—berhasil.
4. “Have you ever been working as a soldier or a police officer?”
Apakah—menjadi—pernah—tentara—atau—Anda—polisi?
Lesson 73
Latihan 7—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
3.
leader
6.
experience
7.
singer
9.
coach, trainer
10. writer, author
11. worker
12. cigarette
13. dealer, merchant
Menurun:
1.
be used to
2.
not yet
4.
to be a speaker of
5.
seller, vendor
6.
teacher
8.
manager
9.
functionary, officer,
staffer
Lesson 74
74 Pengalaman Kerja
Aims
• To practice using kali (for counting the occurrences of an event) and se- the abbreviated
form of satu.
• To rehearse a job interview, talking especially about work experience.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
ama
with
kali
times
bikin
to make
mencari
to look for, search
cakep
good looking
mengajar
to teach
cuma
only
menyanyi
to sing
duit
money
milik
owned by
kasi
give
pengalaman
experience
kok
though
perusahaan
a company
lu
you
surat
letter
HP
cell phone
tempat kerja
workplace
udah
already
tugas
duty
lumayan
not bad, pretty good
gelar
title
How Many Times?
To talk about the number of times an event is repeated you use kali (times). You refer to one-off
events, i.e. single occurrences of an event, with sekali or satu kali (once).
Sri bermain kartu tiga kali seminggu. Saya hanya bermain satu kali sebulan.
Sri plays cards three times a week. I only play once a month.
Biasanya Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia dua kali setahun.
Mr Mahmud usually visits Australia twice a year.
Lesson 74
Dia bersembahyang lima kali sehari.
She does does her prayers five times a day.
To ask “how many times?” or “how often?” the interrogative phrase is berapa kali.
Berapa kali setahun Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia?
How many times a year does Mr Mahmud visit Australia?
Eh, Sri… kamu main kartu berapa kali seminggu?
Hey Sri, how many times a week do you play cards?
Sudah berapa kali Anda mengirim surat kepada PT Sumbawa Indah?
How many times have you sent a letter to Sumbawa Indah Ltd.?
Denny, udah berapa kali kamu ganti pacar, hah!?
Denny, how often have you switched girlfriends, eh!?
Se- in terms like sekali is a short form of satu. (Actually, to be pedantic, se- is probably derived
from the archaic word esa which meant “one”.) Se- can be used in many other contexts where it
means “per (one ____)” or “a” or “each”.
Gaji saya enam puluh ribu rupiah sehari.
My wages are sixty thousand rupiah per day
Dia bekerja lima hari seminggu.
She works five days a week.
Harganya tiga ribu rupiah sekilo.
It costs three thousand rupiah per kilo.
Mohon Perhatian!!
We have already seen that “one hundred” is seratus, never *satu ratus. Similarly
“ten” is sepuluh, never *satu puluh, and “one thousand” is seribu, never (or very
rarely) *satu ribu.
But for “one million” it is just as common to hear satu juta as it is to hear sejuta.
Similarly, when you are counting people satu orang seems to be just as common
as seorang, and when you want to say “once”, satu kali is just as common as sekali.
Untuk berapa orang?
For how many people?
Berapa juta rupiah?
How many million rupiah?
Berapa kali setahun?
How many times a year?
Untuk satu orang saja / Untuk seorang saja.
For just one.
Kira-kira sejuta. / Kira-kira satu juta.
Around one million.
Hanya satu kali. / Hanya sekali.
Just once.
Exercise 74-01
Answer each of these questions with a complete sentence in Indonesian. The first five questions are in formal standard Indonesian, the second five are in informal or slangy Indonesian as
spoken in many parts of Java. Your answers should echo the formality or informality of the ques-
Lesson 74
tions. Check these model questions and answers before doing the exercise. (And check this lesson’s vocabulary list for any new informal words you don’t know.)
Pertanyaan:
Jawaban:
Pertanyaan:
Jawaban:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Berapa kali setahun Anda pulang ke rumah orang tua?
How many times a year do you go back to your parent’s place?
Biasanya saya pulang dua kali setahun.
Usually I go home twice a year.
Asih, katanya kamu sering nyanyi di televisi. Udah berapa kali sih?
Asih, I hear you’ve been singing a lot on television. How many times?
Ah, nggak sering kok. Cuma dua kali aja.
Oh, not a lot at all. Just twice.
Berapa kali seminggu Anda pergi ke kampus?
Berapa gaji Anda sejam?
Berapa kali sebulan Anda membantu Ibu Nur?
Berapa harga ikan ini sekilo?
Berapa kali setahun ada ujian?
Wah… nasi gorengmu nggak enak. Sama sekali nggak enak! Udah berapa kali sih
kamu bikin nasi goreng?
Pacarmu cakep. Udah berapa kali kamu nonton ama dia?
Udah berapa kali kamu ketemu ama cewek dari Amerika itu?
Kamu ngomong Inggris udah lumayan banget. Udah berapa kali kamu jalan-jalan ke
Australi?
Berapa kali sebulan kamu kasi duit sama adikmu?
Describing Work Experience
When you are interviewed for a job, as well as giving personal details and describing your educational record, you will probably be asked to talk about your previous work experience. You can
talk about the previous occupation(s) you held, where you worked, what kinds of things you did,
when and how long you worked at the place concerned, how much you were paid and why you
left.
Here is an example of what a job applicant might say when asked to talk about his/her previous employment.
S
aya pernah menjadi karyawan pabrik. Saya bekerja di pabrik alat-alat elektronik di
Tangerang. Pabrik itu milik perusahaan PT Tenaga Kilat. Di pabrik itu saya bekerja
memasang komponen HP. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari seminggu. Di samping itu
kadang-kadang saya bekerja juga pada hari Sabtu. Saya bekerja di pabrik itu selama dua tahun, mulai bulan Maret tahun 2007 sampai bulan Juli tahun 2009. Gaji saya pada waktu
itu dua juta seratus lima puluh ribu rupiah sebulan. Saya keluar dari pabrik itu karena keluarga saya pindah ke Yogyakarta.
Now do Latihan 5–6 to check your understanding of this passage. After that, write your own
work experience by doing the following exercise.
Now read the passage below filling in the gaps. It is almost the same as the passage you just
studied above, but you should fill in the blanks with different occupations, places, duties (tugas)
Lesson 74
and so on, as indicated by the words in brackets. In fact, read the passage through several times,
each time inserting different information in the blanks as you read.
Saya pernah menjadi __[pekerjaan]__. Saya bekerja di __[tempat kerja]__ di ____[kota
/ propinsi / negara]__. Di __[tempat kerja]__ itu saya __[tugas yang Anda lakukan]__.
Pada waktu itu saya bekerja __[angka]__ hari seminggu. Di samping itu kadangkadang saya bekerja juga pada __[nama hari]__. Saya bekerja di sana selama
__[angka]__ tahun, mulai __[bulan dan tahun]__ sampai __[bulan dan tahun]__. Gaji
saya pada waktu itu __[jumlah uang]__ sebulan. Saya keluar dari pekerjaan itu
karena __[mengapa?]__.
When you think you can recite this small narrative reasonably smoothly, turn away from the
above text with all its written prompts and give a spoken description of your previous work experience from memory.
Exercise 74-02
Imagine that you are an interviewer. What questions might you put to an applicant about
his/her previous work experience? Complete each of the questions below (the first words in the
question are provided). Refer to the descriptions of work experience above and in previous lessons for vocabulary and phrases that will help you complete the questions.
1. Apakah Anda pernah…
2. Dulu pekerjaan Anda…
3. Di mana…
4. Berapa hari…
5. Apakah Anda bekerja pada hari…
6. Berapa lama Anda…
7. Berapa gaji Anda…
8. Tahun berapa Anda keluar…
9. Mengapa…
10. Apakah Anda suka…
Rehearsing Job Interview
One of the keys to success in landing a job is thorough preparation for a job interview. In the
advertisement below, an Indonesian company seeks to fill a variety of vacancies.
Lesson 74
P.T. Sumbawa Indah
Perusahaan kami mencari
1. Sopir
Laki-laki berumur 18-40 tahun
Bersedia bekerja pada malam hari
Tidak pernah minum minuman keras
2. Sekretaris/ resepsionis
perempuan berumur 18-35 tahun
Sudah lulus akademi sekretaris
bersedia bekerja di kantor kami di pusat kota Bima
Pandai mengetik dan berbahasa Inggris
3. Tukang kebun
Laki-laki atau perempuan
Berumur 18-30 tahun
Sudah lulus SMP
4. Karyawan pabrik alat-alat elektronik
Perempuan belum kawin
Berumur 16-25 tahun
Bersedia bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu
5. Guru Sekolah Dasar
Laki-laki atau perempuan
Punya gelar dari Fakultas Pendidikan
Berpengalaman mengajar paling kurang selama tiga tahun
Bersedia mengajar di sekolah pabrik
6. Ahli komputer
Laki-laki atau perempuan
Berumur di bawah 25 tahun
Punya gelar di bidang teknologi komputer
Bersedia bekerja siang dan malam 7 hari seminggu
Surat lamaran dan riwayat hidup mohon dikirim kepada
Bapak Umar Hasan
PT Sumbawa Indah
Jl. Jendral Sudirman 53
Bima
PT Sumbawa Indah
“Bekerja Keras Untuk Keluarga Besar Sumbawa”
Choose one of the jobs in the advertisement. Prepare a dossier or profile on yourself that will
help you to impress the executives of Sumbawa Indah, and that you can refer to in a job interview.
Your dossier should contain:
 personal details: name, address, place and date of birth, marital status, number of children
(if any), hobbies and sports interests etc.
 your education: where, in what years, what subjects did you study, what subjects did you
enjoy or were good at etc.
Lesson 74
 previous work experience: where, in what years, what kind of work did you do, why did
you leave your previous job;
 why do you want to work at PT Sumbawa Indah, e.g.
• you want to work in Sumbawa/Bima (why?)
• you like the kind of work PT Sumbawa Indah has to offer (why?)
• family reasons (why?)
Ransack this lesson and previous lessons for vocabulary, phrases and ideas. Then rehearse
your job interview with a fellow student or with your teacher/tutor. Your partner can begin by asking questions like those in Exercise 74-02 above.
Repeat the rehearsal several times, each time improving your correctness, smoothing out fluency, adding details (especially details from your personal experience) and finding ways to
demonstrate that you are the right person for the job.
When you feel you have mastered the interview well, move on to another job from the Sumbawa Indah advertisement.
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kosa kata informal di sebelah kiri dengan ragam formalnya di sebelah kanan.
ama
hanya
duit
memberi
bikin
sudah
kasi
cukup
cakep
membuat
kok
uang
cuma
cantik
lu
kenapa
udah
bersama
lumayan
kamu
Latihan 2—Menyimak
Jodohkan Rekaman 074-01 dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
1.
a. How many times have you fixed the car?
2.
b. He goes to the night club three times a week.
3.
c. How many times in a year do you go to Manado?
4.
d. I usually go back to Bandung twice a month.
5.
e. How many times in a month do you eat in a restaurant?
6.
f. How many times have you sung on television?
7.
g. How much are these three tables?
8.
h. Who always swims in the river five times a week?
Lesson 74
Latihan 3—Pertanyaan dan Jawaban
Jodohkan Rekaman 074-02 dengan jawabannya di sebelah kanan.
1.
a. Lima kali sebulan. Saya membantu Ibu Nur mencuci dan memasak.
2.
b. Harganya Rp.30.000,00 sekilo.
3.
c. Biasanya setahun empat kali.
4.
d. Saya jalan-jalan ke Australia lima kali dalam setahun.
5.
e. Tiga kali. Saya ada kuliah hari Senin, Rabu, dan Jumat.
6.
f. Dua kali. Kami menonton Eclipse dan Inception.
7.
g. Ini pertama kali saya memasak nasi goreng.
8.
h. Biasanya saya dibayar Rp.50.000,00 sejam.
Latihan 4—Pemahaman
Bacalah teks “Pengalaman Kerja.” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut
sesuai dengan bacaan.
1. Apakah sekarang penulis masih bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik?
A. Iya, dia masih bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik.
B. Tidak, dia tidak lagi bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik.
2. Penulis bekerja di pabrik miliknya sendiri.
A. Benar. Dia bekerja di PT Tenaga Kilat.
B. Salah. Dia tidak bekerja di perusahaan miliknya sendiri.
C. Benar. Dia bekerja di perusahaan miliknya sendiri.
D. Salah. Dia tidak bekerja di PT Tenaga Kilat.
3. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada akhir minggu (weekend).
A. Benar. Dia selalu bekerja lima hari seminggu.
B. Benar. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada hari Minggu.
C. Salah. Dia kadang-kadang bekerja pada hari Sabtu.
D. Salah. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada akhir minggu.
4. Apakah penulis tahu cara memasang komponen HP?
A. Iya. Penulis tahu bagaimana cara memasang komponen HP.
B. Tidak. Penulis tidak tahu bagaimana cara memasang komponen HP.
5. Penulis berhenti bekerja karena apa?
A. Karena dia sudah tidak mau bekerja di sana.
B. Karena dia mendapat pekerjaan lain.
C. Karena dia pindah kota.
D. Karena dia sudah tua.
Lesson 74
Latihan 5—Pengalaman Kerja
Lengkapilah teks berikut sesuai dengan Rekaman 074-03.
Saya pernah menjadi karyawan pabrik. Saya __________ di pabrik alat-alat elektronik di
Tangerang. Pabrik itu milik __________ PT Tenaga Kilat. Di pabrik itu saya bekerja memasang komponen __________. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari __________. Di
samping itu kadang-kadang saya bekerja juga pada hari Sabtu. Saya bekerja di pabrik
itu __________ dua tahun, mulai bulan Maret tahun 2007 sampai bulan Juli tahun 2009.
__________ saya pada waktu itu dua juta seratus lima puluh ribu rupiah sebulan. Saya
keluar dari __________ itu karena keluarga saya pindah ke Yogyakarta.
Latihan 6—The Prefix SeTranslate the following English words into Indonesian.
1. Mereka punya (one hundred) kambing.
2. Dia tinggal di rumah nomor (ten).
3. Dia masih punya uang (one thousand) rupiah.
4. Kakek memberi saya uang (one million) rupiah.
5. Ada (a person) yang sedang duduk di sana.
6. Kami pulang ke Indonesia (once) setahun.
7. Dia akan tinggal di sana selama (a week).
8. (a kilogram) gula harganya sembilan ribu rupiah.
Latihan 7—Isian
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: angka—bercerita—berpengalaman—
bersedia—cewek—diganti—dua kali—jumlah—kartu—ngomong—nyanyi—tukang kebun
1. Banyak orang takut dengan __________
2. Nenek suka __________ tentang hidupnya waktu masih muda.
3. Dono sudah menjadi sopir selama 10 tahun. Dia sopir __________.
4. Apakah Bapak __________ bekerja pada malam hari?
5. Lihat! Di sana ada __________ cantik.
6. Adik berenang __________ seminggu, hari Senin dan hari Kamis.
7. Kursi ini sudah rusak. Harus cepat __________.
Lesson 74
8. __________ uang saya sampai hari ini Rp.8.000.000,9. Toni bermain __________ bersama teman-temannya setiap hari.
10. Kamu suka __________ nggak? -- Suka. Aku paling suka nyanyi lagu pop.
11. Kamu nggak boleh __________ begitu. Nggak sopan!
12. Keluarga itu sedang mencari seorang __________.
13. Banyak orang takut dengan __________ 13.
Latihan 8—Rangkai Kata
Urutkanlah kata-kata berikut ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti di bawah ini:
1. “I used to work as a secretary.”
Saya—bekerja—sebagai—pernah—sekretaris.
2. “At that time I worked five days a week.”
Pada—lima—hari—bekerja—saya—waktu—itu—seminggu.
3. “Mr Mahmud usually visits Australia twice a year.”
Biasanya—ke—Australia—dua—berkunjung—Pak Mahmud—kali—setahun.
4. “How much is your monthly salary?”
Berapa—Anda—gaji—sebulan?
5. “I usually play badminton three times a week.”
Saya—biasanya—bulu tangkis—main—kali—tiga—seminggu.
Latihan 9—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
1.
card
5.
a young woman (colloquial)
6.
to replace, to change (colloquial)
8.
once
10. to install something
11. amount, the number of
12. to sing (colloquial)
Menurun:
2.
figures, digits, numbers
3.
experienced
4.
be willing to do sth
7.
to tell a story
9.
to say, to talk (colloquial)
Lesson 75
75 Wawancara Melamar Pekerjaan
Aims
• To practice preparing the paperwork for a job application.
• To role play a job interview, covering personal details, education, previous work
experience and the etiquette of beginning and ending the interview.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
atas
for (preposition)
perlu
necessary
bersedia
be willing to
perusahaan
a company
bertanya
to ask a question
riwayat hidup
curriculum vitae
gaji
salary
sebagai
as, like
karyawan
employee, worker
selesai
finish
keterangan
information
surat kabar
newspaper
menerima
to accept, to receive
tertarik
interested
o ya
oh well
terus-terang
honestly, frankly
para
plural marker (people)
tugas
duty
Interview Preliminaries: A Letter and an Application Form
Before you are interviewed for a job you must make a formal application. The application process will probably require you to write a letter of application. It may look something like this.
(Check this lesson’s vocabulary cards for the meanings of unfamiliar words.)
Kepada yang terhormat:
Bpk Umar Hasan,
Kepala PT Sumbawa Indah,
Jl Jenderal Sudirman 53,
Bima, NTB
Waingapu, 31 Agustus 2010
Lesson 75
Dengan hormat,
Saya tertarik pada iklan Bapak dalam surat kabar Suara Bangsa tgl 29 Agustus 2010.
Saya ingin melamar pekerjaan sebagai sekretaris di perusahaan Bapak. Dengan surat ini
saya juga mengirim riwayat hidup saya. Apakah saya dapat bertemu dengan Bapak di kantor untuk berbicara lebih jauh tentang pekerjaan itu?
Terima kasih atas perhatian Bapak.
Hormat saya,
Sarah Hendrikus
The letter mentions a riwayat hidup. A typical short riwayat hidup could look like this.
This is a copy of an authentic
riwayat hidup form. There are
several terms in it that you need
to know to understand the document, but probably you don’t
need to remember for active
use, at least not for the moment. So they don’t appear in
the vocabulary list for this lesson. They are:
bangsa nation, nationality; berijasah
holding a qualification; bersangkutan
(the person) concerned; buat make,
made; coret cross out; daftar list;
demikianlah thus; memasuki to
enter; menerangkan to state, to
declare; persiapan preparation;
sampai dengan up to and including;
sarjana muda Bachelors degree;
sebenarnya truly; sesungguhnya
truly, honestly; tamatan a graduate
(of)
Exercise 75-01
Examine the letter of application for a job above.
Write it out as if you were
writing the letter, and make
ten changes in the letter
(names, dates, places, the
kind of job). Then go to the
Daftar Riwayat Hidup and
insert ten items of information relating to yourself at
the appropriate places in
the document.
Lesson 75
Mohon Perhatian!!
There are many thousands of acronyms and abbreviations in everyday use in
modern Indonesian, and the list grows daily. Sometimes abbreviations are followed
by periods / full stops (as they usually are in English) but very often – and
increasingly – they are not. The two documents above have a few of the most
common.
Bpk
Bapak
Mr (in personal names)
PT
Perseroan Terbatas
limited liability company
Jln
Jalan
street (in addresses)
tgl
tanggal
date/dated
NTB
Nusa Tenggara Barat
West Nusa Tenggara (a province)
NTT
Nusa Tenggara Timur
East Nusa Tenggara (a province)
s/d
sampai dengan
up to and including, through
For a very short introduction to the vast world of acronyms and abbreviations in Indonesian
see George Quinn’s Learner’s Dictionary of Today’s Indonesian p.1089. Many common acronyms
and abbreviations are listed as headwords in A Comprehensive Indonesian-English Dictionary by
Alan M. Stevens and A. Ed. Schmidgall-Tellings, and in Kamus Indonesia Inggris An Indonesian-English Dictionary by John M. Echols and Hassan Shadily.
There are several good dictionaries devoted exclusively to acronyms and abbreviations, among
them Kamus Akronim Inisialisme dan Singkatan by Parsidi, and Kamus Singkatan dan Akronim
Baru dan Lama by Ateng Winarno. The official Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia has an extensive
appendix listing common acronyms and abbreviations with their expanded forms.
Dialogue
Pak Agus is applying for a job as a driver at PT Niaga Perkasa, a small trading office.
Mrs. Nurida invited him for a job interview. Before you listen to the interview in Sound File
075-01, write down, in Indonesian, what you think Mrs. Nurida is most likely to ask him.
Pak Agus
Bu Nurida
Permisi, Bu. Boleh saya masuk?
Silakan, silakan. Bapak mau bertemu
dengan siapa?
Dengan Ibu. Saya ingin berbicara dengan Ibu tentang lamaran yang sudah
saya kirim kepada Ibu.
O ya. Memang. Saya sudah menerima
surat Bapak. Bapak mencari pekerjaan
sebagai sopir, ya?
Betul, Bu. Saya sudah bicara dengan
Ibu melalui telepon kemarin. Ibu minta
saya datang hari ini untuk bertemu dengan Ibu.
O ya. Betul. Maaf, Pak. Saya lupa Bapak akan datang pagi ini. Silakan duduk.
Lesson 75
Terima kasih, Bu. Apakah Ibu sudah
membaca riwayat hidup dan informasi
yang lain dalam surat lamaran saya?
Sudah, Pak. Tetapi saya mau bertanya
dulu tentang pendidikan Bapak. Apakah
Bapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas?
Tidak, Bu. Saya pernah belajar di tingkat
sekolah menengah di SMA Guna Utama
di Bandung pada tahun 1995, tetapi
saya tidak tamat.
Apakah Bapak belajar bahasa Inggris
pada waktu itu?
Ya, Bu. Saya mengambil mata pelajaran
bahasa Inggris dan ilmu ekonomi.
Apakah Bapak lulus bahasa Inggris dengan hasil yang baik?
Saya lulus bahasa Inggris, Bu, tetapi hasil saya kurang bagus. Saya dapat berbahasa Inggris, tetapi terus terang, Bu,
bahasa Inggris saya masih kurang baik.
O begitu. Lalu, sebelum Bapak melamar
pekerjaan di perusahaan ini, di mana
Bapak bekerja?
Saya menjadi sopir untuk seorang asing
selama tiga tahun. Sesudah itu saya bekerja sebagai sopir bis selama dua tahun. Tahun yang lalu saya menjadi sopir
taksi.
O begitu. Lalu, mengapa Bapak tidak
lagi mengendarai taksi sekarang?
Karena saya tidak suka bekerja pada
malam hari, Bu.
Hmmm. Apakah Bapak bersedia bekerja
pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu?
Bersedia, Bu. Bersedia sekali. Kalau
perlu, saya dapat bekerja tujuh hari seminggu.
Bagus. Sekarang, apakah Bapak mau
bertanya kepada saya tentang pekerjaan ini?
Ya. Terima kasih. Saya ingin bertanya,
kalau Ibu menerima saya, apa tugas
saya nanti? Apa yang harus saya lakukan?
Bapak harus mengendarai mobil kantor.
Bapak juga harus membersihkan dan
merawat mobil itu dengan baik.
O begitu. Baik. Saya kira saya dapat
melakukan tugas itu. O ya, jam berapa
saya harus masuk setiap hari?
Biasanya para sopir masuk kira-kira jam
tujuh pagi, dan pulang kira-kira jam lima
sore. O ya, Bapak minta gaji berapa?
Aduh, Bu. Terserah Ibu. Saya tidak pernah berpikir tentang gaji, asal saja saya
dapat bekerja.
Baik. Saya kira sudah cukup, Pak. Saya
akan mengirim surat kepada Bapak besok tentang pekerjaan ini.
Terima kasih, Bu. Saya minta diri dulu.
Permisi.
Now check your understanding of this dialogue by doing Latihan 4–5.
Role Play: An Interview for a Job
You have a host of resources from this lesson, Lesson 74, and other lessons that you can use
to help you role play a job interview. Choose an occupation, for example sekretaris, dokter, karya-
Lesson 75
wan toko, dosen, pegawai kantor, sopir bis, guru sekolah menengah, insinyur, tukang kebun, karyawan pabrik, tukang masak.
With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, conduct an extended, detailed interview for a
job. Adapt the dialogue above to the occupation you choose and borrow plenty of material from
previous lessons. Flesh out your characterisation by adding your own, very personal, touches,
making sure that the language you use is scrupulously correct.
Repeat the role play several times, fleshing it out and adding more personal detail with each repetition while striving for greater correctness and smoothness. Then swap roles with your partner.
When you feel satisfied that you can play both roles well and can sustain the interview for an
extended times, choose a new occupation (and perhaps a new identity for yourself and your partner) and repeat the interview again.
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
gaji
declaration
surat kabar
to receive, to accept
keterangan
salary
terus-terang
newspaper
selesai
as
tugas
interested in
para
curriculum vitae
bersedia
to ask a question
perusahaan
plural marker
bertanya
be willing to
riwayat hidup
company
menerima
to be honest
sebagai
finished
tertarik
task, duties
Latihan 2—Surat Lamaran
1. What of the following is included in the above letter? Select 5 (five).
A. Nomor telepon pengirim surat
B. Nama penerima surat
C. Isi surat
D. Riwayat hidup pengirim
E. Nama pengirim
F. Ucapan terima kasih
G. Nomor telepon penerima surat
H. Tempat dan tanggal surat
I. Alamat pengirim surat
Latihan 3—Isian
Tulis kepanjangan (long form) dari singkatan dan akronim berikut:
1. Kepada yang terhormat: Bpk. Agus Winarno.
Bpk: .....................................................
2. Dia tinggal di Jl. Katamso.
Jl: ........................................................
Lesson 75
3. Saya lahir pada tgl 16 November.
tgl: .......................................................
4. Mereka bekerja di PT. Kencana Laksana.
PT: .......................................................
5. Kami akan bekerja di sana s/d bulan Juli.
s/d: ......................................................
6. Anak itu berasal dari NTT.
NTT: ....................................................
7. Lusi akan pergi ke NTB minggu depan.
NTB: ....................................................
Latihan 4—Pemahaman
Bacalah percakapan antara Pak Agus dan Ibu Nurida dalam “Wawancara Melamar
Pekerjaan” lalu jawab pertanyaan berikut.
1. Apakah Ibu Nurida tahu bahwa Pak Agus akan datang hari ini?
A. Iya, dia tahu karena dia kepala perusahaan itu.
B. Tidak, dia tidak tahu karena dia tidak tahu Pak Agus.
C. Iya, dia tahu tapi dia lupa.
D. Tidak, dia tidak tahu tapi dia kenal Pak Agus.
2. Pak Agus bertemu dengan Ibu Nurida untuk apa?
A. Untuk memberikan surat lamaran pekerjaan.
B. Untuk bertanya apakah di perusahaan itu ada lowongan pekerjaan.
C. Untuk mengobrol dengan Ibu Nurida.
D. Untuk wawancara pekerjaan.
3. Apakah Pak Agus pernah kuliah?
A. Iya, dia pernah kuliah.
B. Tidak, dia tidak pernah kuliah.
C. Tidak ada dalam teks.
4. Pak Agus sudah pernah bekerja berapa lama?
A. lima tahun
B. kurang dari lima tahun
C. lebih dari lima tahun
5. Apakah Pak Agus bisa bekerja setiap hari?
D. Iya, dia bisa bekerja setiap hari apalagi malam hari.
E. Iya, dia bisa bekerja setiap hari.
F. Tidak, dia tidak bisa bekerja setiap hari.
G. Tidak, dia tidak bisa bekerja setiap hari apalagi malam hari.
6. Apakah Pak Agus sudah tahu tugasnya sebelum dia bertemu Ibu Nurida?
A. Iya, dia sudah tahu tugasnya.
B. Belum, dia belum tahu tugasnya.
7. Apakah Pak Agus jadi bekerja di perusahaan itu?
A. Iya, dia diterima bekerja di perusahaan itu.
B. Tidak, dia tidak diterima di perusahaan itu.
C. Tidak ada dalam teks.
Lesson 75
Latihan 5—Isian
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat:
bersedia—kira—lamaran—lulus—lupa—mata—melakukan—melalui—mengendarai—
pendidikan—riwayat hidup—selama—tentang—terserah—terus terang—tugas
Permisi, Bu. Boleh saya masuk?
Silakan, silakan. Bapak mau bertemu dengan siapa?
Dengan Ibu. Saya ingin berbicara dengan Ibu tentang ________ yang sudah
saya kirim kepada Ibu.
O ya. Memang. Saya sudah menerima surat Bapak. Bapak mencari pekerjaan
sebagai sopir, ya?
Betul, Bu. Saya sudah bicara dengan Ibu __________ telepon kemarin. Ibu
minta saya datang hari ini untuk bertemu dengan Ibu.
O ya. Betul. Maaf, Pak. Saya __________ Bapak akan datang pagi ini. Silakan
duduk.
Terima kasih Bu. Apakah Ibu sudah membaca __________ dan informasi yang
lain dalam surat lamaran saya?
Sudah, Pak. Tetapi saya mau bertanya dulu tentang __________ Bapak. Apakah Bapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas?
Tidak, Bu. Saya pernah belajar di tingkat sekolah menengah di SMA Guna
Utama di Bandung pada tahun 1995, tetapi saya tidak tamat.
Apakah Bapak belajar bahasa Inggris pada waktu itu?
Ya, Bu. Saya mengambil pelajaran bahasa Inggris dan ilmu ekonomi.
Apakah Bapak lulus bahasa Inggris dengan hasil yang baik?
Saya __________ bahasa Inggris, Bu, tetapi hasil saya kurang bagus. Saya dapat berbahasa Inggris, tetapi __________, Bu, bahasa Inggris saya masih kurang baik.
O begitu. Lalu, sebelum Bapak melamar pekerjaan di perusahaan ini, di mana
Bapak bekerja?
Saya menjadi sopir untuk seorang asing __________ tiga tahun. Sesudah itu
saya bekerja sebagai sopir bis selama dua tahun. Tahun yang lalu saya menjadi sopir taksi.
Lesson 75
O begitu. Lalu, mengapa Bapak tidak lagi __________ taksi sekarang?
Karena saya tidak suka bekerja pada malam hari, Bu.
Hmmm. Apakah Bapak __________ bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu?
Bersedia, Bu. Bersedia sekali. Kalau perlu, saya dapat bekerja tujuh hari seminggu.
Bagus. Sekarang, apakah Bapak mau bertanya kepada saya tentang pekerjaan ini?
Ya. Terima kasih. Saya ingin bertanya, kalau Ibu menerima saya, apa _______
saya nanti? Apa yang harus saya lakukan?
Bapak harus mengendarai mobil kantor. Bapak juga harus membersihkan dan
merawat mobil itu dengan baik.
O begitu. Baik. Saya kira saya dapat __________ tugas itu. O ya, jam berapa
saya harus masuk setiap hari?
Biasanya para sopir masuk kira-kira jam tujuh pagi, dan pulang kira-kira jam
lima sore. O ya, Bapak minta gaji berapa?
Aduh, Bu. __________ Ibu. Saya tidak pernah berpikir tentang gaji, asal saja
saya dapat bekerja.
Baik. Saya __________ sudah cukup, Pak. Saya akan mengirim surat kepada
Bapak besok __________ pekerjaan ini.
Terima kasih, Bu. Permisi dulu.
Latihan 6—Kosa Kata
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
asal
head
bersedia
up to [you]
iklan
advertisement
menerima
interested
kepala
attention
perusahaan
duty, task
lupa
on condition that
terserah
be willing to
melalui
to drive
tertarik
accept
mengendarai
to forget
tugas
company
perhatian
by, through
wawancara
interview
Lesson 75
Latihan 7—Rangkai Kata
Urutkanlah kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar.
1. “I want to apply for a job in your company.”
Saya—perusahaan—melamar—ingin—pekerjaan—di—Bapak.
2. “Did you pass with a good mark?”
Apakah—dengan—yang—lulus—Bapak—nilai*—baik?
3. “Did you complete high school?”
Apakah—menengah—sekolah—tamat—Bapak—atas?
4. “What task should I do?”
Tugas—apa—saya—harus—yang—kerjakan**?
5. “Are you willing to work on Saturdays and Sundays?”
Apakah—Bapak—bekerja—bersedia—hari Sabtu—pada—dan—hari Minggu?
6. “Have you ever worked as a driver?”
Apakah—Bapak—sebagai—bekerja—pernah—sopir?
*nilai = grade **do, carry out
Lesson 76
76 Memilih Karyawan Baru
Aims
• To practise using several important terms to make comparisons and judgements
• To role play a job interview and debate the merits of the applicants for a job.
Vocabulary Review
Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.
ahli
expert
masyarakat
community, society
berpengalaman
be experienced
memelihara
to keep, take care of
bersedia
be willing to
memilih
to choose
bidang
field of study
memimpin
to lead
cucu
grandchild
mengendarai
to drive a car, to ride
kalah
defeated
pembantu
assistant, maid
kambing
goat
sulit
difficult
keren
cool, stylish
tugas
duty, task
kesehatan
health
umum
general, public
More on Making Comparisons and Judgements
The Indonesian Way has already provided you with a box of language tools that you can use to
make comparisons and judgements. Let’s bring out the main items in this toolbox and review
them in brief. The key words are lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama and paling.
ΠLebih (more, -er)
Saya kira Pak Wayan lebih ahli.
I think Mr. Wayan is more expert.
Ibu Maria lebih tua daripada Saudara Nur.
Mrs. Maria is older than Miss Nur.
Ada lebih banyak orang di desa Simpang daripada di desa Baun.
There are more people in the village of Simpang than in the village of Baun.
Pak Wayan sudah tua tetapi Pak Dendy lebih tua lagi.
Mr. Wayan is old, but Mr. Dendy is even older.
Lesson 76
 Terlalu (too)
Saya kira Saudara Nur terlalu muda.
I think Miss Nur is too young.
Dia berbicara terlalu banyak!
He talks too much!
Ž Kalah (to lose, to be defeated, to lose out in comparison with…)
Menurut pendapat saya Ibu Maria kalah dengan Pak Dendy.
In my opinion, Mrs. Maria is not as good as Mr. Dendy.
Sebagai pegawai kantor, Pak Wayan sama sekali tidak kalah dengan Bu Maria.
As an office worker, Mr. Wayan is in no way inferior to Mrs. Maria.
Ibu Maria kalah cepatnya dengan Pak Wayan.
Mrs. Maria is not as quick as Mr. Wayan.
Yusuf tidak kalah pintar dengan Agus.
Yusuf is by no means less smart than Agus.
 Kurang (not _____ enough, not really ______)
Ibu Maria kurang berpengalaman kalau dibandingkan dengan Pak Dendy.
Mrs. Maria is not experienced enough compared with Mr. Dendy.
Menurut saya, Pak Dendy kurang pandai mengurus keuangan.
In my opinion, Mr. Dendy is not really good at handling finances.
 Cukup (quite, fairly)
Dia menulis buku informasi tentang kesehatan masyarakat yang cukup berguna.
He/She has written a book of information on public health that is quite
useful.
Tugas ini cukup sulit.
This task is fairly difficult.
‘ Sama (the same, just as _____ as)
Saya kira bekerja di desa dan bekerja di kota hampir sama.
I think working in the country and working in the city are almost the same.
Pak Wayan sama ahlinya dengan Bu Maria.
Mr. Wayan is just as expert as Mrs. Maria.
’ Paling (the most ______, more than anything else)
Siapa yang paling rajin, Pak Wayan atau Bu Maria?
Who is the most conscientious, Mr. Wayan or Mrs. Maria?
Sdr Nur paling suka bekerja dengan anak kecil.
Miss Nur likes working with children more than anything else.
Saya memilih Saudara Nur. Dia yang paling ramah!
I am choosing Miss Nur. She is the most friendly!
Paling sedikit harus ada dua orang yang melakukan tugas ini.
There needs to be at least two people who do this job.
Lesson 76
Exercise 76-01
Translate these English sentences into good, succinct, standard Indonesian. Each of them will
use at least one of the words lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama or paling. The sentences
will echo (but they are not exactly the same as) the model sentences you have studied above. So
if you are in doubt, take another look at the model sentences. One or other of them will help you
to frame your answer.
1. There are more primary schools in the city of Medan than in the city of Bukittinggi.
2. This village is too quiet.
3. She is asking for a wage of at least 500,000 a month.
4. He drinks too much alcohol!
5. People say Mr. Wayan is not as good as Mr. Dendy.
6. Mr. Dendy is not expert enough by comparison with Mr. Wayan.
7. Mr. Dendy is happiest taking care of the office finances.
8. Mr. Wayan is better at handling finances than Pak Dendy.
9. Mr. Dendy is just as conscientious as Bu Maria.
10. This work is fairly easy.
11. Miss Nur is not as good as Ibu Maria.
12. I think Mrs. Maria is more experienced.
13. I think teaching in primary school and teaching in secondary school are almost the same.
14. I think Mr. Dendy is too old.
15. I think Miss Nur is the best.
16. In my opinion, Mr. Dendy is not really able to manage sick people.
17. Miss Nur gives assistance that is quite useful.
18. Miss Nur is always cautious, but Mr. Dendy is even more cautious.
19. As a midwife Mrs. Maria is in no way inferior to Miss Nur.
20. Who is the quickest, Miss Nur or Pak Dendy?
Role Play: Assessing the Applicants for a Job
This role play revolves around the assessment of applicants for a job. The vacancy (lowongan)
is for the head of a Community Health Centre (Kepala Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat or Puskesmas)
in the small (fictional) village of Simpang in a remote, inland part of Aceh – the province at the
northern tip of Sumatra. Here is the advertisement for the position.
Lowongan. Pemerintah Provinsi Aceh mencari seorang kepala Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat
(Puskesmas) untuk desa Simpang, 150 kilometer di sebelah selatan kota Banda Aceh. Tugas:
➢ memimpin Puskesmas di desa Simpang
➢ mengurus keuangan Puskesmas
➢ memimpin dan mengatur karyawan Puskesmas
Lesson 76
➢ memilih dan membeli alat-alat kedokteran
➢ membantu dokter-dokter yang bekerja di Puskesmas
➢ memberikan informasi tentang kesehatan kepada orang desa Simpang
Gaji: Tergantung pada ijazah dan pengalaman
And here are the details of the four applicants who have made it to the short list.
Nama
Maria Kristanti
(Ibu Maria)
Nurul Qomar
(Sdr Nur)
Dendy Sukmono
(Pak Dendy)
I Wayan Sastra
(Pak Wayan)
Jenis
Kelamin
Agama
Tempat lahir
Umur
Status
Perkawinan
perempuan
perempuan
laki-laki
laki-laki
Katolik
Jakarta
30
Belum kawin
Islam
Meulaboh, Aceh
20
Belum kawin
Islam
Jogjakarta, Jawa
64
Sudah kawin, punya
enam anak dan tujuh
cucu
Belum pernah
kuliah di
universitas, tetapi
pernah belajar di
akademi hukum
laut (tidak lulus)
Sarjana Muda
Kesehatan
Masyarakat (tahun
1980)
Hindu
Tabanan, Bali
40
Sudah kawin, punya
tiga anak kecil
berumur tiga tahun,
dua tahun dan
delapan bulan
Dokter Hewan
(Universitas Monash,
Melbourne)
Pernah bekerja
selama enam
bulan di pusat
kesehatan
masyarakat di
Sorong, Papua
sebagai
pembantu bidan.
Pernah bekerja
selama 30 tahun di
pusat kesehatan
masyarakat di desa
Baun, pulau Timor.
Gelar /
ijazah /
tingkat
pendidikan
Sarjana
kesehatan umum
UI (lulus dengan
hasil yang sangat
baik, skripsi
tentang
administrasi
proyek
kesehatan)
Pengalaman Pernah bekerja
kerja
sebagai kepala
seksi kesehatan
mahasiswa di
kantor
administrasi
Universitas
Indonesia selama
dua tahun
Pernah menjadi
kepala pusat penyakit
kuda di Melbourne
selama tiga tahun.
Selama empat tahun
menjadi karyawan di
laboratorium
kesehatan
masyarakat di
Denpasar.
Ketrampilan Pandai berbahasa Pandai berbahasa Pandai mengurus
Pandai memelihara
khusus / hobi Inggris. Suka
Aceh. Suka
keuangan kantor.
kuda, sapi, kambing
memakai pakaian membaca AlBerpengalaman
dan ayam. Senang
model baru yang Qur’an. Suka
selama 30 tahun
tinggal di desa. Suka
keren. Suka ke
membaca buku
melayani orang desa menonton film horor.
salon kecantikan. tentang sejarah
dan membantu para Pandai berbahasa
Islam.
dokter.
Inggris.
Kekurangan Belum pernah
Belum dapat
Belum pandai
Karena punya tiga
melakukan
mengendarai
memakai komputer. anak kecil, tidak
pekerjaan yang
mobil atau sepeda Kadang-kadang sakit bersedia bekerja hari
Lesson 76
bersifat praktis
dalam bidang
kesehatan. Belum
pernah tinggal di
desa.
motor. Tidak
bersedia bekerja
pada hari Jumat
atau pada malam
hari.
jantung dan harus
sering beristirahat.
Mata kurang baik,
kalau membaca
harus memakai kaca
mata tebal.
Sabtu atau hari
Minggu, dan tidak
bersedia bekerja pada
malam hari.
The role play is in two parts. In the first part, the four short-listed applicants will be interviewed
by a committee (panitia) of at least two – maybe as many as six or eight – interviewers. The interviewers will ask questions about personal details, education and work experience like those practised in the “dry run” interviews in Lessons 74 and 75. Review these lessons carefully before starting the present role play. Each “applicant” must stay in character i.e. answer the interviewers’
questions according to the profiles given above. But the “applicants” may – in fact should – add a
lot of extra detail, provided these extra details do not conflict with the basic profiles given above.
The panel should also ask pointed questions that draw out the shortcomings (kekurangan) in the
profile of each applicant. The committee should also ask each applicant if he/she has any questions. The applicants might respond with questions like these (followed by possible answers from
the committee):
✗ Kalau saya bekerja di Puskesmas di Simpang, gaji saya berapa?
Tergantung pada ijazah dan pengalaman kerja Bapak/Ibu. Mungkin kira-kira….
✗ Apakah ada rumah untuk saya di desa Simpang?
Ada. Tetapi rumah itu kecil… hanya satu kamar tidur…
✗ Apakah saya harus bersedia bekerja tujuh hari seminggu?
Tentu saja. Kalau ada orang desa yang sakit, mungkin Bapak/Ibu harus bekerja pada hari
Sabtu dan hari Minggu, juga pada malam hari.
✗ Apakah ada klab malam / mal / bioskop / universitas / pasar swalayan /
perpustakaan di Simpang?
Universitas? Wah, tidak ada, tetapi ada universitas di Banda Aceh, kira-kira 150 kilometer
dari Simpang.
The second part of the role play starts after the four short-listed applicants have been interviewed. The committee of interviewers convenes to discuss among themselves the merits of the
four candidates and choose one to fill the position. As you can see from their profiles, each candidate is well qualified in some respects and very poorly qualified in other respects. None of them
is perfect for the job, but an appointment must be made. So any of the four might be appointed,
depending on how the committee’s discussion develops.
The committee should discuss: 1. the personal background of each applicant (e.g. age, place
of origin, marital status, gender, hobbies etc.) asking how appropriate/helpful that background is
to the job in Simpang; 2. the educational qualifications of each applicant – how advanced and relevant are they? 3. their previous work experience, how relevant or useful is it? 4. the shortcomings of each applicant – how likely is it that these shortcomings will make it difficult for the applicant to do the job successfully.
As they exchange views, many of the committee members’ sentences will begin like this:
Bagaimana pendapat Anda? Apakah…
Siapa yang paling berpengalaman / baik / ahli…
Menurut pendapat saya…
Saya kira…
Maaf, saya kurang setuju. Saya kira…
Wah… saya sama sekali tidak setuju!
Tetapi bagaimana dengan…
Lesson 76
In making comparisons, the committee will use the toolbox of words practised earlier in this
lesson: lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama and paling. Go back and review these words and
the model sentences that accompany them, as well as the questions and answers in Exercise 7601.
When you have acted the role play several times – each time striving for more detail, more variation, greater correctness, more smoothness and more liveliness – reshuffle roles among the
members of your study group and try the role play again.
Want To Stretch Yourself?
Imagine that you have been contracted to advise personnel managers in business companies
on how to conduct job interviews, or perhaps to advise job applicants how to do well in job interviews using the Indonesian language. Get a video camera (and if you like, editing equipment) and
make two short, impactful videos in Indonesian.
One video will show how a good job interview should go. The other will show how not to do
well in a job interview. The first video should be formal and businesslike. The second should be a
farce: let loose your sense of humour.
Initially, you can base the videos on the role play that you have practised in this lesson. Make
sure you don’t lapse into English, and make sure that you keep your Indonesian straightforward,
correct and roughly within the parameters of vocabulary and grammar that you have studied so
far.
If you succeed in making these “training” videos based on the models and the role play in this
lesson, challenge yourself a little more and make similar training videos showing contrasting interviews for other occupations.
Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu
Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.
ahli
be willing, prepared
kalah
difficult
berpengalaman
stylish
lebih
to drive
bersedia
experienced
memilih
to choose
bidang
a goat
memimpin
to lead
cukup
health
mengendarai
a task
kambing
a community
paling
a maid, assistant
keren
public, general
pembantu
an expert
kesehatan
field (of study)
sulit
the most, the ...-est
kurang
the same
terlalu
loose out, defeated
masyarakat
less, not … enough
tugas
too
sama
enough, quite...
umum
more, ...-er
Lesson 76
Latihan 2—Isian
Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat:
cukup—kalah—kurang—lebih—paling—sama—terlalu
1. Saya rasa rumah ini __________ besar untuk mereka. Mereka hanya empat orang.
2. Bapak Aryo gemuk (fat) sekali. Dia harus __________ banyak berolahraga.
3. Karina masih __________ berpengalaman menulis buku. Saya tidak mengerti tulisannya
sama sekali.
4. Ibu Dinda sekretaris yang __________ pandai yang ada di kantor ayah saya.
5. Menurut pendapat saya, rumah Ibu Namira tidak __________ bersih dengan rumah Ibu
Hanifah.
6. Kelihatannya makanan ini __________ enak. Lihat, ada ayamnya besar sekali! Saya ingin
mencobanya.
7. Saya rasa mobil Ferrari dan Renault __________ cepatnya.
Latihan 3—Menyimak
Listen to Sound File 076-01. You will hear ten sentences. For each of the ten
sentences an English translation is provided in the right column of the following table.
Write the order of the sentences as they appear in the sound file into the left column.
No.
English Translation
a. Mr. Wayan is better at handling finances than Pak Dendy.
b. Mr. Dendy is not expert enough by comparison with Mr. Wayan.
c. Mr. Dendy is just as conscientious as Mrs Maria.
d. Mr. Dendy is happiest taking care of the office finances.
e. This work is fairly easy.
f. This village is too quiet.
1
g. There are more primary schools in Medan than in Bukittinggi.
h. He drinks too much alcohol!
i. She is asking for a wage of at least 500.000 a month.
j. People say Mr. Wayan is not as good as Mr. Dendy.
Lesson 76
Latihan 4—Rangkai Kata
Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti:
1. “My father is wealthier than my brother.”
Ayah—daripada—lebih—saya—kakak—kaya—saya.
2. “Spiderman movie is as good as Superman movie.”
Film Spiderman—sama—bagusnya—dengan—film Superman.
3. “What is the tallest building in the world?”
Gedung—paling—yang—di—apa—tinggi—dunia?
4. “I think this cake is sweet enough.”
Saya—cukup—ini—rasa—kue—manis.
5. “Andita’s clothes are less fashionable than Satika’s.”
Baju Andita—keren—dibandingkan—kurang—dengan—baju Satika.
Latihan 5—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)
Mendatar:
1. a disease
7. thick
8. more, ...-er
10. quite, fairly
12. diligent
14. practical
16. happy
18. intelligent
19. compared with
Menurun:
2. too
3. shortcomings
4. to lose
5. tall
6. to take care of
9. than
11. the most, the -est
13. finance
15. a horse
17. same
Lesson 76
Selamat
Today you have completed the fifth module of «The Indonesian Way». If you feel that you have
benefited from using «The Indonesian Way» and would like to show your appreciation then you
can make a financial contribution to support the further development of «The Indonesian Way» .
Support Us
«The Indonesian Way» is free and will always remain free. In order to further develop TIW, we
are dependent on the support of the user community.
Our plans for the future encompass:
1) Developing iOS and Android applications
2) Replacing the online “Latihan” using technology that is not dependent on Flash.
3) Adding another Module consisting of 12 more lessons
This can only be accomplished with your assistance. If, after completing each Module, all our
users would donate $10, our goal could be accomplished in a short time.
To make a donation please go to http://indonesianway.com/donations/
For more learning resources, check out «Indonesian Online» at http://indonesian-online.com.
Terima kasih, Mahalo, Thank you
Wordlist
Wordlist for Module 5
Lesson 60
berubah (•ubah)

to change, to evolve, to be different
berganti (•ganti)

to have one thing replaced with another, to change (i.e. have
one thing replaced with another)
hadiah
a gist, present, prize
kata kerja

a verb
memukul (•pukul)

to hit someone/something, to strike (with fist, weapon or tool)
menerima (•terima)

to receive something, to accept something
mengantar (•antar)

to take/accompany someone somewhere, to deliver something
or someone to a certain place
mengatakan (•kata)

to say something
menggoreng (•goreng)

to fry something
menghitung (•hitung)

to count something / things
mengirim (•kirim)

to send something
mengisi (•isi)

to fill something, to put content into a holder/container/form
menikah (•nikah)

to get married (especially in the sense “to go through a wedding
ceremony”)
menutup (•tutup)

to shut something, to close something
menyimpan (•simpan)

to store something away, to put something away for
safekeeping, to save/deposit money (e.g. in a bank)
merasa (•rasa)

to feel (an emotion), to feel that... (when you are expressing an
opinion)
mohon

to ask someone for something (respectfully)
pena

a pen
pénsil

a pencil
rasa

a feeling, a sense, a sensation of something
sedih

sad, to feel sadness

Lesson 61
kamus

a dictionary
ngantuk (•kantuk)
J
sleepy
memotong (•potong)

to cut something, to cut something off to reap (e.g. rice)
menanam (•tanam)

to plant something, to grow something (e.g. a crop)
mengubah (•ubah)

to change, to alter
Wordlist
padi

rice (as it grows in a paddy field or dry field), a rice plant

Lesson 62
akuntan

an accountant
dokter gigi

a dentist
éfisién

efficient
gagal

to not succeed, to fail
ibu rumah tangga

a housewife
insinyur

an engineer
jenis

a type, a category, a class of something, a species of
something
juru ketik
typist
kasir
cashier
marah

angry
mengetik (•ketik)

to type
montir

a mechanic
pegawai
employee, office worker
pegawai negeri

a public servant, a civil servant, one who works in government
administration
pelayan (•layan)

a waiter / waitress
pemain (•main)

a player
pemandu wisata
tourist guide
pengusaha (•usaha)

a businessman, a businesswoman, an entrepreneur
rajin

conscientious, industrious, hard-working, disciplined, diligent
sebetulnya

actually, to be honest, as a matter of fact
sepatu

shoes
sekretaris

a secretary
sopir

the driver (of a motor vehicle, usually but not always, the paid
driver)
tentara

a soldier, the army, the armed forces
terima telepon

to answer the phone, to take a phone call
tugas

the things you have to do (as part of a job), a task, duties,
obligations
tukang kayu

a carpenter
tukang listrik

an electrician
wartawan

a journalist, a reporter

Lesson 63
Bapak

you (term of address for older male person, also for younger
person if the situation is very formal)
Ibu

you (term of address for older female person, also for younger
person if the situation is very formal)
Wordlist
seniman

an artist
ékor

tail, a counter-word for animals, birds and insects, used when
you are mentioning a certain number of them
melukis (•lukis)

to paint (a painting)
pelukis
painter (artist)
kepala sekolah

headmaster, principle of a school
tukang masak

a cook
béngkel

workshop, repairshop
sapi

cattle, cow, ox
orang

counter-word for people, used when you are mentioning a
certain number of human beings
pembeli (•beli)

buyer, customer
seorang

a, one (when you are counting human beings, or referring to
one person as if he/she represents the whole of a certain group)

Lesson 64
baru

it is only then that…
habis

used up, finished, all gone, exhausted, none left
jarang

rarely, seldom, not often
kué kering

biscuits, cookies
makanan kecil (•makan)

snackfood
mengurus (•urus)

to take care of the management/arrangements for something,
to see something (e.g. an application) through the bureaucracy
organisasi

an organisation
pembangunan (•bangun)

(economic) development
program

program, a plan of action
rapat

meeting
sedikit

a little, a few, not many, not much
sambal

chilli-based side dish, chilli paste or sauce
urusan (•urus)

matters requiring attention, affairs (requiring bureaucratic
attention)

Lesson 65
berobat
to consult a physician
berwawancara (•wawancara)

to conduct an interview
ibu

a lady
masalah

a problem, a difficulty, an issue
membangun (•bangun)

to build (especially a building/dwelling), to construct something
mencari uang
to earn money
mencari jalan

to look for a way (to do something), to try to find a way (to do
something)
orang desa

a villager
Wordlist
setelah

after (a more formal variant of sesudah)

Lesson 66
abjad

the alphabet
éjaan (•éja)

spelling
huruf

a letter (in a alphabet), a script, a writing system
khusus

special, specific (adjective)
peneliti (•teliti)

a researcher
sekali lagi

once more, once again
terima kasih kembali

you’re welcome (responding to someone’s expression of
thanks)
tulisan; tulisan tangan

writing, a piece of writing; hand writing
ucapan (•ucap)

the pronunciation (of a word)

Lesson 67
atas

above, on top of, upper (when referring to level of education)
bawah

under, below, lower (when you are describing something that
has upper and lower parts)
berbéda

to differ, to be not the same
dasar

basic, fundamental, elementary; the basics, the foundations
dunia

the world
hal

a matter (for thought, consideration, discussion), a thing to be
considered
ilmu pengetahuan

science
kejuruan (•juru)

vocational
kurang banyak

too few, not enough
kurikulum

curriculum
lebih dulu

first (i.e. prior to someone / something else)
mata pelajaran

a subject (of study at school)
milik

the property of…, belonging to, owned by
muatan lokal

local content (especially in school tuition programs)
mulai

from (when you are talking about the beginning point of a
certain period of time)
negeri

state, government (i.e. pertaining to or owned and run by the
state / government)
pendidikan (•didik)

education
sebagian besar

most
sistem

a system
swasta

private (when referring to a school or a company)
tanaman (•tanam)

a plant (especially a plant raised on a farm or in a garden)
termasuk (•masuk)

included in, including, is a part of
Wordlist
tingkat

a level, a stage (in the upward progress of someone or
something)
umum

general (i.e. not particular or specialised); public, the public

Lesson 68
menengah (•tengah)

middle-level; sekolah menengah a middle-level school (i.e.
secondary school)
para; para guru, para karyawan

a marker of a plural noun in certain contexts, especially for
professions; the teachers, the staff / the employees
siswa

a school student
fisika

physics
cara

a way, the way (to do something); bagaimana caranya? how do
you do it?
ketrampilan (•trampil); ketrampilan
praktis

a skill, skills; practical skills
pertanian (•tani)

agriculture
berguna (•guna)

useful; tidak berguna untuk… of no use for…
usaha tani

an agricultural enterprise, a farming business, a farm
berkebun (•kebun)

to garden, to do gardening, to work in the garden
kerbau

a water buffalo
kambing

a goat
lulus

to graduate from a school, to pass an exam
bersifat (•sifat); mata pelajaran yang
bersifat praktis

[adjective] in nature [adjective] in character; a subject that is
practical in nature
mesin

an engine, a machine; mesin mobil a car engine
hasil; hasil pertanian

a result, yield, outcome, output, produce; agricultural
output/produce
mesin cuci

a washing machine

Lesson 69
perguruan tinggi
institution of tertiary education
berbagai

various, all sorts of
bersama-sama

together
ilmu pengetahuan sosial

social sciences
ilmu pengetahuan alam

natural science
pada waktu itu

at that time
SMP (Sekolah Menengah Pertama)

middle school
SMA (Sekolah Menengah Atas)

high school

Lesson 70
ahli

a specialist, an expert, expert (adjective)
ahli hukum

an expert in law, a lawyer
Wordlist
bibi

an aunt, Aunt (so-and-so)
ékonomi pertanian

agricultural economics
gelar

a degree (from a university), a title (especially an aristocratic
title)
Katolik

Catholic, a follower of Catholicism, a Catholic
ke-, yang ke-

the nth (when you are forming ordinal numbers),
(yang) kedua

the second
laboratorium

a laboratory
paman

an uncle, Uncle (so-and-so)
sarjana

a university graduate, a scholar, Master of ____ (in a university
degree)
sosiologi

sociology
téknik pertanian

agricultural engineering (i.e. the use of machinery in the
planting, harvesting, processing etc. of agricultural products)
téknik mesin

mechanical engineering

Lesson 71
bermasalah (•masalah)

to have a problem
buat
J
for (an informal alternative to untuk)
gampang
J
(an informal variant of mudah) easy
jadi
J
(an informal variant of menjadi) to become, to be
kasus

case
mikir (•pikir)
J
(an informal variant of berpikir) to think, to ponder, to give
something some thought
milih (•pilih)
J
(an informal variant of memilih) to choose
ngebosanin (•bosan)
J
(the Jakarta variant of membosankan) boring
ngobrol (•obrol)
J
(from obrol) to talk about something, to chat
nolong (•tolong)
J
to help (informal variant of menolong)
pengacara (•acara)

lawyer
sama
J
and (an informal alternative to dan)
soal
J
about (an informal alternative to tentang)
soalnya
J
the thing is (an informal alternative to karena)
studi pembangunan

development studies
téknik elektro

electrical engineering
terus
J
and then (an informal alternative to lalu)

Lesson 72
bangsawan

an aristocrat, a noble
belum pernah; Kami belum pernah ke 
sana.
has/have never ____ (i.e. has/have never ever in the past); We
have never been there.
bintang; bintang film
a star (both a star in the sky and a famous person in
movies/music/sport etc.); a film star

Wordlist
penari (•tari)

a dancer (in traditional dance or in performance dance)
perdana menteri

prime minister
sampai sekarang

so far
sudah pernah; Apakah Bapak sudah
pernah makan keju Belanda?

has/have ____ (at least once in the past); Have you ever eaten
Dutch cheese?

Lesson 73
belum biasa

not yet used to (doing something), not yet in the habit of
berani

to dare to do something, to have the courage / confidence (to
do something)
berbahasa ____; cukup pandai
berbahasa Arab

to be a speaker of (such-and-such a language); quite good at
speaking Arabic
berhasil (•hasil)

to be successful, to have success, to succeed
kayu jati

teak
minuman keras

alcoholic drinks
pedagang (•dagang), pedagang sayur 
a dealer, a merchant; a vegetable merchant
pekerja (•kerja)

a worker (usually used for relatively unskilled workers)
pelatih (•latih); pelatih sepak bola

a coach, a trainer; a soccer trainer
pemimpin (•pimpin)

a leader
pengajar (•ajar)

an educator, instructor, teacher
pengalaman (•alam); pengalaman
kerja

experience; work experience / work record
pengelola (•kelola); pengelola pabrik

a manager; a factory manager
penjual (•jual)

a seller, the vendor
penulis (•tulis); penulis novel

a writer, an author; a novelist
penyanyi (•nyanyi); penyanyi pop

a singer, a pop singer
petugas (•tugas); petugas kantor pos

a functionary, a staffer, a person who is doing a certain task or
job of work, someone who is on duty; a post office staffer
rokok

a cigarette, cigarettes
sudah biasa

now used to, to be used to (doing something)
traktor

tractor

Lesson 74
angka

a figure, figures, digits (i.e. numbers written in numeral form, not
words)
bercerita (•cerita); Dia bercerita
bahwa...

to say, to tell (what happened); She/He said that…
berpengalaman; Dia belum
berpengalaman di bidang itu.

experienced; He/She isn’t experienced yet in that field.
bersedia (•sedia); Mereka tidak
bersedia menolong.

to be willing / prepared (to do something); They are not willing
to help.
cewék; Ceweknya cakep banget!
J
a “chick”, a young woman; She’s a stunna!
dua kali; Saya sudah makan dua kali.

twice; I ate twice already.
Wordlist
ganti; Aku mau ganti baju dulu.

to have one thing replaced with another, to change i.e. have
one thing replaced with another; I want to get changed first.
kartu; bermain kartu

a card; to play cards
komponén

a component (e.g. in a machine, in society)
lamaran; surat lamaran

an application (especially for a job); a letter of application
memasang (•pasang)

to install something, to set/put something in place, to fit
something (onto or into something else)
ngomong (•omong); Jangan ngomong J
kayak gitu!
to say, to talk; Don’t talk like that!
nyanyi
J
= menyanyi, to sing
paling tidak; Paling tidak ada tiga
puluh.

at least (i.e. no less than); There were at least thirty.
resépsionis

a receptionist (in an office, hotel etc.)
riwayat hidup

a biography, biodata, a CV
sekali; Minum obat ini sekali saja.

once (i.e. one time only, not twice or three times etc.); Drink this
medicine just once.
tukang kebun

a gardener

Lesson 75
asal; Saya bersedia asal kamu
membayar.

provided, on condition that…; I’m prepared to do it provided
you pay.
hormat; Dengan hormat,

respect; Dear sir/madam (in formal letters)
iklan

an advertisement
kepala; kepala kantor

someone’s head, the head (of an enterprise/organisation); head
of an office / office head
melalui; melalui telepon atau surat?

by, through, by way of; By telephone or by letter?
melamar (•lamar); melamar pekerjaan
sebagai sopir

to apply for (a job), to formally ask for a woman’s hand in
marriage; to apply for a job as a driver
mengendarai (•kendara); mengendarai 
mobil
to drive (a motor vehicle); to drive a car
perhatian (•hati); Terima kasih atas
perhatian Anda

attention; Thank you for your attention.
terhormat (•hormat); Kepada yang
terhormat

respected, honourable, of good reputation; To the honourable...
terima kasih atas bantuan Anda

thank you for your assistance
terserah (•serah); Terserah! Saya tidak 
mau tahu!
It’s up to you, I leave it to you, It’s over to you; It’s up to you! I
don’t want to know!
wawancara
an interview


Lesson 76
bidan

a midwife
dibandingkan; kalau dibandingkan
dengan ...

to be compared; if compared with…
dokter héwan

a veterinary doctor, a vet
Wordlist
film horor

a horror movie/film
hobi

a hobby
ijazah

a qualification (usually an educational qualification), a diploma
kaca mata; kaca mata hitam

spectacles, eye glasses; sun glasses
kekurangan (•kurang); Kota Jakarta
kekurangan air minum.

1 (verb) to be suffering from a lack/shortage of, to be short of; 2
(noun) a shortcoming; Jakarta is short of drinking water.
kuda

a horse
lowongan; Tidak ada lowongan kerja
di kantor ini.

a vacancy i.e. a job opening; There is no job vacancy in this
office.
mata; Matanya biru.

an eye, someone’s eyes; His/Her eyes are blue.
melayani; Siapa yang melayani tamu
itu?

to serve someone, to respond to someone’s request for a
service; Who is serving that guest?
panitia

a committee
penyakit (•sakit); penyakit AIDS

a disease, a sickness; AIDS / the disease of AIDS
praktis

practical, realistic, convenient
Puskesmas

a community health centre (from Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat)
sakit jantung

to have a heart problem, to have heart disease
salon kecantikan

a beauty salon
Sarjana Muda

Bachelor of Arts
séksi

a section (in an organisation/business etc.), the sales section
skripsi

a thesis (especially a bachelor-level or master-level thesis)
tebal

thick (of objects like books etc.)
tergantung (pada); Itu semua
tergantung pada kamu.

to depend (on); All of that depends on you.
Keys to the Exercises
Keys to the Exercises for Module 5
Lesson 60
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
Latihan 9:
Latihan 10:
Latihan 11:
Latihan 12:
1 We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant. 2 Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight? 3 Sorry,
I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese. 4 They can’t come. 5 Students don’t usually want to follow
lectures at night. 6 I have begun to study Chemistry. 7 Are you any good at singing? 8 These children
can’t read or write yet. 9 He enjoys cooking. 10 I’ve heard they’re going to get married. 11 They usually
have fried rice for breakfast. 12 She began her journey in Padang. 13 They didn’t want to apologise. 14
She cooked chicken and vegetables.
terima; antar; atur; goreng; hitung; kirim; isi; tutup; simpan; ambil; ajar; buka; baca; bawa; buat; beli;
bantu; pakai; pilih; panggil; pelihara; pimpin
mengambil; mengajar; menjual; mencoba; mendengar; melihat; menyimpan; membaca; membuat;
mendapat; merasa; menggoreng; membantu; membeli; membawa; mengirim; mengatakan; mencari;
menyenangkan; menolong; memanggil; menerima; menutup; memimpin; memilih; memelihara; mencuci;
merusak; menarik; menulis; menunggu; menghitung; menjadi; memakai
1 Biasanya mahasiswa tidak mau ikut kuliah pada malam hari. 2 Kami suka makan di Restoran Kartika. 3
Dia akan mengambil uang di bank. 4 Sebaiknya mencuci pakaian sebelum siang hari. 5 Biasanya mereka
makan nasi goreng pada pagi hari.
membeli; memakai; menulis; mengatakan; mengirim; mengatur; menghitung; merasa; menyimpan;
mengajar; mengantar; menerima; menjadi; menggoreng; melihat; mencuci; merusak; menutup; menolong;
menunggu
mengatakan; memakai; memukul; mengantar; menutup; menyimpan; menerima; mengirim; menggoreng;
memanggil
ingin―wish; suka―like; bisa―can; harus―must; mulai―begin; mau―want; dapat―can; ikut―follow;
pandai―good at; boleh―may
setuju―to agree; mandi―to take a bath; tidur―to sleep, to go to bed; bangun―to get up (out of bed);
pergi―to go; datang―to come; terbang―to fly; masuk ― to come in, enter; duduk ―to sit, to sit down;
kawin―to get married; berjalan―to walk, travel, to go; berhenti ―to stop, to come to a halt;
beristirahat―to rest, to take a break; bermain―to play; berbicara―to speak;
1e; 2b; 3d; 4a; 5c; 6m; 7j; 8g; 9h; 10f; 11i; 12k; 13o; 14q; 15n; 16l; 17s; 18t; 19r; 20p.
1a; 2a; 3b; 4b; 5a
Mendatar: 3 menyimpan; 5 berubah; 6 mengatur; 9 sedih; 10 menerima; 11 menikah; 13 memelihara; 14
ujian; 15 membantu; 17 merasa; 18 mengisi; 19 menghitung; 20 pensil. Menurun: 1 pena; 2 rasa; 4
mengantar; 5 berganti; 7 memakai; 8 mengirim; 12 menjadi; 13 menggoreng; 16 menutup; 17 memukul;
18 mohon
Lesson 61
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
mengambil; membantu; menyewa; mencari; mengobral; menolong; menghafal; memukul; mengirim;
meralat; mengintip; mengingat; melarang; mendengar; mendatang; mengangkat; membayar; mencegah;
menghajar; menjadi; mengenal; memasang; meraba; menata; menitip; menyanyi; mengompas; mengganti
Left: mengambil; menghafal; mengirim; menguji; Right: menggantung; mengatakan; mengoles; mengelak;
menghukum.
nganga; kena; puji; simpang; olah; nyata; nilai; sapu; elak; tampung; kantuk; ganggu.
ikat; ikuti; impor; inap; ingat; ingatkan; inginkan; kira; kirim; isi; izinkan; obati; obral; obrol; kontrak;
operasi; kuasai; ubah
membersihkan; memanggil; melihat; memakai; menyanyikan; membantu; melakukan; menolong; mengisi;
mengadakan; membayar; memberikan; membuat; menjual; memotong; membunuh; menunggu; memilih;
mengatakan; memimpin; memperbaiki; mencuri; menanam; mencium; menerima; mengatur; mencuci;
merusak; mendengarkan; mengambil; mengantar; membawa; membuka; menggoreng; menghitung;
memukul; membaca; memelihara; mendengar; membeli; mencari; menutup; mengirim; menonton;
menulis; mengucapkan; menyimpan; mencoba
Keys to the Exercises
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8
nyanyikan; lakukan; pakai; tanam; baca; perbaiki; katakan; simpan; pimpin; bantu; kirim; bawa; beli;
bersihkan; jual; panggil; goreng; buka; buat; bayar; cari; rusak; isi; hitung; pilih; tulis; adakan; tonton;
potong; dengar; ucapkan; bunuh; cium; terima; antar; atur; berikan; tolong; ambil; tutup; pukul; tunggu;
pelihara
Mendatar:1 memotong, 4 membaca, 6 membeli, 7 menunggu, 8 kamus, 9 melihat, 10 menjadi, 11
menjual, 14 membantu, 15 memelihara, 16 memakai. Menurun: 2 memberikan, 3 padi, 5 membayar, 10
melakukan, 12 menanam, 13 membawa.
Lesson 62
Latihan 1:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
1e; 2h; 3n; 4q; 5a; 6m; 7i; 8b; 9l; 10o; 11f; 12d; 13g; 14c; 15j; 16k; 17p.
1 pekerjaan; 2 bekerja; 3 suka; 4 bekerja; 5 berapa; 6 ingin/mau; 7sudah; 8Di mana; 9 tugas/pekerjaan;
10 daripada/dari
1 sawah; 2 uang; 3menjual; 4 orang sakit; 5 bekerja di rumah; 6 rumah makan; 7 taksi; 8 sekolah; 9 surat
kabar; 10 lapangan olahraga
1 Dia menjadi marah sekarang, 2 Dulu saya (menjadi) guru, tetapi sekarang saya menjadi pengusaha. 3
Tahun berapa Anda menjadi dosen? 4 Tanti ingin sekali menjadi insinyur yang rajin dan efisen. 5. Dulu
saya mau menjadi dokter, tetapi saya tidak pandai.
accountant―akuntan, animal―binatang, dentist―dokter gigi, to fail, to not succeed―gagal,
housewife―ibu rumah tangga, engineer―insinyur, a type, kind―jenis, rich―kaya, angry―marah, to
type―mengetik, mechanic―montir, public servant―pegawai negeri, waiter, waitress―pelayan, a
player―pemain, entrepreneur―pengusaha, hard―working, diligent―rajin, actually, to be
honest―sebetulnya, secretary―sekretaris, driver, chauffeur―sopir, soldier, armed forces―tentara, to
answer the phone―terima telepon, famous―terkenal, duties, obligations―tugas, carpenter―tukang
kayu, electrician―tukang listrik, journalist, reporter―wartawan.
Lesson 63
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
1b; 2d; 3c; 4a; 5abc; 6c.
1 Bukan. Sutrisno (seorang) petani. 2 Bukan. Dia (seorang) tukang masak. 3 Bukan. Dia (seorang) tukang
listrik. 4 Bukan. Pak Sudi (seorang) kasir. 5 Bukan. Pak Tobing (seorang) polisi. 6. Bukan. Dewi (seorang)
karyawan pabrik. 7 Bukan. Eko (seorang) tukang kayu. 8 Bukan. Ibu Lestari (seorang) pemandu wisata.
1c; 2c; 3b; 4b; 5b; 6c; 7b; 8c; 9b; 10c.
1 montir; 2 pegawai toko/karyawan toko; 3 petani; 4 dosen; 5 pegawai; 6 wartawan; 7 pemain; 8 sopir; 9
tukang; 10 guru.
1 tidak; bukan; 2 tidak; bukan; 3 bukan; tidak; 4 tidak; bukan; 5 tidak; 6 bukan; 7 bukan.
1h; 2i; 3k; 4j; 5g; 6d; 7c; 8e; 9f; 10b; 11a.
1o; 2c; 3h; 4j; 5l; 6n; 7e; 8d; 9b; 10a; 11g; 12k; 13f; 14m; 15i.
Lesson 64
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
Latihan 9:
Latihan 10:
Latihan 11:
1a; 2b; 3a; 4b; 5b; 6b; 7b; 8a; 9c; 10b.
1a,d,f; 2b; 3d; 4b; 5c; 6d; 7b; 8d; 9b; 10c.
1b; 2d; 3i; 4g; 5a; 6e; 7c; 8f; 9h.
1 tidak pernah 2 jarang; 3 kadang-kadang 4 sering 5 selalu.
1c; 2e; 3b; 4d; 5a; 6g; 7f.
1j; 2i; 3g; 4d; 5b; 6e; 7f; 8a; 9c; 10h; 11k.
baru―new; rapat―meeting; habis―finished; gone; sambal―chili-based dish; keras―hard; vigorously;
sedikit―a little bit; kue kering―cookies; urusan―matter; makanan kecil―snacks; tidak pernah―never;
mengurus―organise; take care of; kadang-kadang―sometimes; organisasi―organisation;
biasanya―usually; pembangunan―development; sering―often; selalu―always.
Mendatar: 1 surat; 4 sedikit; 6 sambal; 8 mengurus; 10 misalnya; 11 rapat; 13 kegiatan; 16 pembangunan;
17 baru; 18 selalu; 19 manis; Menurun: 2 urusan; 3 berlibur; 5 menanam; 7 keras; 8 melakukan; 9 sering;
12 beberapa; 14 suami; 15 habis.
Lesson 65
Latihan 2:
Latihan 5:
1 Benar; 2 Salah; 3 Salah; 4 Benar; 5 mencari uang; 6 alat-alat; 7 rapat; 8 masalah.
Mendatar: 3 bersembahyang; 4 bertanya; 6 rapat; 8 lakukan; 10 bangun; 11 ikut; 13 mencari; 14 sebelum;
15 sampai; 16 misalnya; 17 lalu; 18 singgah. Menurun: 1 pembangunan; 2 perempuan; 5 terlalu; 7
menjual; 9 kue; 12 membawa; 13 makanan.
Keys to the Exercises
Lesson 66
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
1 a er i ef i en; 2 je a ka a er te a; 3 es u es a en te i; 4 ve a el u te a; 5 ye o ge ye a; 6 en e we ye o er ka; 7
es pe ha i en eks; 8 ka a te a er; 9 er a ka ye a te; 10 a be de u el el a ha
1 TNI, 2 RRC, 3 OPM, 4 TVRI, 5 SH, 6 UI, 7 UGM, 8 VW.
PKB pe-ka-be; RRI er-er-i; HI ha-i; RI er-i; BBM be-be-em; GKI ge-ka-i; PDI pe-de-i; DPR de-pe-er; pln
pe-el-en; RCTV er-ce-te-ve.
Nama Bapak siapa?―What is your name?; Masih baru rumah itu.―That house is still new.; Mau pergi
ke mana Anda?―Where are you going to?; Apa alamat rumah Bapak?―What is your address? Di mana
Bapak bekerja?―Where do you work? Di mana Bapak bersekolah dulu?―Where did you go to school?
Siapa nama anak Bapak?―What is your child's name? Berapa harganya?―How much does it cost?
Bagus sekali bajumu.―Your shirt is very nice.
Mendatar: 2 mengucapkan; 4 peneliti; 8 ucapan. Menurun: 1 bersekolah; 3 abjad; 5 tulisan; 6 huruf; 7
ejaan.
Lesson 67
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 6:
1e; 2d; 3a; 4c; 5b; 6k; 7h; 8j; 9g; 10f; 11i.
L 12:
1b; 2b; 3a; 4c; 5c; 6c; 7d; 8c.
1b; 2a; 3a; 4a; 5b; 6a; 7a; 8b;9b; 10b
1 sebelum; 2 sebelum itu/sebelumnya; 3 di atas; 4 di bawah; 5
sesudah; 6 di bawah; 7 sesudah itu; 8 di atas; 9 di bawah; 10
sebelum.
1h; 2g; 3a; 4b; 5c; 6e; 7d; 8f.
Sebelum bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu. 2 Sesudah
pulang Sarah makan dengan suaminya. 3 Sesudah itu baru
saya akan membeli HP. 4. Pesawat terbang lewat di atas
pulau kecil. 5 Saya sekarang bersekolah di Sekolah Dasar
Kemiri.
1c; 2d; 3g; 4f; 5h; 6e; 7a; 8c.
1l; 2 k; 3a; 4h; 5b; 6c; 7f; 8e; 9d; 10g; 11j; 12i.
1c; 2j; 3b; 4i; 5l; 6g; 7f; 8d; 9a; 10h; 11e; 12k.
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
Latihan 9:
Latihan 10:
Latihan 11:
Lesson 68
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
Latihan 9:
1c; 2b 3a; 4c.
1c; 2d; 3abc; 4a; 5a.
1b; 2b; 3a;4a;5b; 6b; 7a; 8a; 9a; 10a.
1c; 2a; 3j; 4f; 5b; 6i; 7h; 8e; 9d; 10g.
1e; 2c; 3h; 4b; 5d; 6g; 7i; 8f; 9a; 10q; 11l; 12n; 13p 14j; 15m; 16o; 17k.
Mendatar: 5 selesai; 6 montir; 7 asing; 8 kambing; 11 umum; 13 sebagai; 14 menjual; 15 sebagai; 16
menjual; 17 petani; 18 kerbau. Menurun:1 menengah; 2cara; 3 pandai; 4 tinggi; 9 berkebun; 10 dunia; 12
mengetik.
Lesson 69
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
Latihan 9:
Latihan 10:
Latihan 11:
1a; 2c; 3abc; 4c; 5b; 6b; 7ab; 8c.
1a; 2b; 3a; 4a; 5b; 6b; 7a; 8a; 9b; 10b.
hampir; memberikan; berbagai; harus; mereka; memilih; mahasiswa; pengetahuan; pertanian; belajar;
juga; asing; menjadi.
mempunyai; negeri; terkena; seperti; pariwisata; mendidik; pemerintah; menjadi; perguruan; termasuk.
1B; 2C; 3B; 4C; 5B; 6B; 7C; 8D; 9B; 10A.
1D; 2A; 3A; 4B; 5C; 6D; 7A; 8A; 9D; 10B; 11D; 12B; 13B.
not ___; not really ___; extremely ___; pretty, quite; ___ enough; not ___ at all, completely not ___; not
really very ___.
u i; es em a; u ge em; i te be; u i i; es te a en; u ka i; te en i; u ka es we; i ka je.
field (of enterprise, study, etc.); medicine; health; industry; related to government agencies; institute,
social institution; finance, finances; particular, specialist; government department; academy; institute; first
of all.
to educate, to train; engineering; to obtain; higher education, universities; Indonesia's state philosophy;
student, learner; the last, i.e. final one in series; polytechnic, vocational/trade college; officer in the armed
Keys to the Exercises
Latihan 12:
forces; college of higher education; project.
Mendatar: 1 memperoleh; 3 muda; 6 kesehatan; 7 bidang; 8 terlalu; 10 kedokteran; 13 hampir; 15
termasuk; 16 lembaga; 17 kedinasan; 18 khusus; 19 berumur; Menurun: 1 memberikan; 2 mendidik; 4
agama; 5 keuangan; 9 berguna; 11 terakhir; 12 membantu; 14 teknik.
Lesson 70
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
Latihan 9:
1d; 2c; 3c; 4a; 5a.
1b; 2cd; 3a; 4a; 5b; 6c; 7b.
1a; 2abd; 3abce; 4be; 5ab; 6abd; 7c; 8b.
1 hari; 2 kurang; 3 sastra; 4 Islam; 5 pengusaha; 6 Ambon; 7 Semarang; 8 pabrik; 9 nenek; 10 tenis.
1 orang yang pertama; 2 ujian yang keempat; 3 tahun yang ketiga; 4 kata yang kelima; 5 kerbau yang
kedua; 6 sekolah yang kedelapan; 7 minggu yang ketujuh; 8 bulan yang kesepuluh; 9 anak yang kedua
puluh tujuh; 10 petani yang keseribu.
1 Pada tahun (yang) kedua saya memperoleh/mendapatkan pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani. 2 Sampai
sekarang saya masih bekerja di kantor itu. 3 Saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik.
1g; 2d; 3m; 4o; 5p; 6j; 7h; 8l; 9n; 10k; 11f; 12a; 13i 14c; 15b; 16e; 17s; 18q; 19t; 20r.
Lesson 71
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
1c; 2a; 3c; 4c; 5c; 6d.
lahir; selama; hukum; tertarik; pengacara; kuliah; membosankan; kasus-kasus; tamat; Bantuan;
bermasalah.
lahir; ambil; kepingin; O gitu; ngebosanin; soalnya; soal; abis; sih; nolong.
milih; kerja; terus; jadi; soalnya; mikir; ngebosanin; buat; ngobrol; nolong; sama; soal; gampang.
assistance; case; to have a problem; lawyer; development studies; electrical engineering; to choose;
boring; to help; to become; to be born.
1. Mengapa Bapak mengambil mata kuliah Hukum? 2. Menurut pendapat Anda, apakah pelajaran Sejarah
menarik? 3. Aku pindah ke Jakarta menjadi pengacara di LBH.
Mendatar: 1 gampang; 4 ngobrol; 6 sama; 10 ngebosanin; 11 jadi; 12 terus. Menurun: :2 milih; 3 nolong;
5 buat; 6 soalnya; 7 soal; 8 kerja; 9 mikir.
Lesson 72
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
1a; 2g; 3e; 4b; 5h; 6c; 7d; 8f.
1 Apakah Toni pernah bekerja pada malam hari? 2 Apakah Bapak Haryanto pernah belajar memperbaiki
mobil? 3. Apakah Kartika pernah berbelanja di pasar di dekat rumahnya? 4. Apakah Ibu Tuti pernah
mengajar di sekolah menengah pertama? 5 Apakah Ria pernah menulis untuk surat kabar?
1 Seribu sembilan ratus empat puluh delapan/Sembilan belas empat delapan; 2d; 3b; 4b; 5 Seribu
sembilan ratus tujuh puluh delapan./Sembilan belas tujuh delapan; 6d; 7c; 8b; 9c; 10a.
1 Dia belum pernah membaca novel berbahasa Indonesia. 2 Dia sudah pernah menulis berita tentang
lingkungan. 3 Apakah kamu pernah membangun rumah di desa? 4 Sampai sekarang saya belum pernah
pergi ke Jepang. 5 Saya kira dia belum pernah belajar berenang.
1b; 2c; 3c; 4d; 5b.
Mendatar: 2 novel; 3 memakai; 7 berkunjung; 8 belajar; 9 mengajar; 13 koran; 14 membangun;
15 bintang; 16 pernah; 17 menari; 18 membaca. Menurun: 1 terkenal; 4 mengetik; 5 bekerja; 6 dulu; 8
belum; 10 menulis; 11 wartawan; 12 majalah.
Lesson 73
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
1 mechanic; 2 village head; 3 teacher; 4 farmer; 5 dentist; 6 university student; 7 waiter/waitress; 8
journalist; 9 engineer.
1 pedagang; 2 pekerja; 3 pelatih; 4 pemimpin; 5 pengajar; 6 pelajar; 7 pengelola; 8 penjual;9 9penulis; 10
penyanyi; 11 petugas; 12 perenang.
ahli hukum; bahasa Jepang; sekolah dasar; taman nasional; pegawai negeri; rumah sakit; surat kabar;
tukang becak; sopir truk.
1 dengan hati-hati; 2 sudah biasa; 3 belum pandai; 4 berani mengajar; 5 dapat melayani; 6 dapat
membuat; 7 dengan cepat.
1. Saya sudah biasa bekerja pada hari Minggu. 2. Saya belum berani mengajar pada tingkat sekolah
menengah. 3. Karena dia berusaha keras, akhirnya dia berhasil. 4. Apakah Anda pernah menjadi tentara
atau polisi?
Mendatar: 3 pemimpin; 6 pengalaman; 7 penyanyi; 9 pelatih; 10 penulis; 11 pekerja; 12 rokok; 13
Keys to the Exercises
pedagang. Menurun: 1 biasa; 2 belum; 4 berbahasa; 5 penjual; 6 pengajar; 8 pengelola; 9 petugas.
Lesson 74
Latihan 1:
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
Latihan 8:
Latihan 9:
ama-bersama; bikin-membuat; cakep-cantik (but also used for men); cuma-hanya; duit-uang; kasimemberi; kok-kenapa; lu-kamu; lumayan-cukup; udah-sudah.
1e; 2a; 3g; 4b; 5h; 6c; 7d; 8f.
1e; 2h; 3a; 4b; 5c; 6g; 7f; 8d.
1b 2b 3c 4a 5c.
bekerja; perusahaan; HP; seminggu; selama; gaji; pabrik.
1 seratus; 2 sepuluh; 3 seribu; 4 sejuta / satu juta; 5 seorang / satu orang; 6 sekali / satu kali; 7
seminggu / satu minggu; 8 sekilogram / sekilogram / satu kilo / sekilo.
angka; bercerita; berpengalaman; bersedia; cewek; dua kali; diganti; Jumlah; kartu; nyanyi; ngomong;
tukang kebun.
1.Saya pernah bekerja sebagai sekretaris. 2. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari seminggu. 3. Biasanya
Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia dua kali setahun. 4. Berapa gaji Anda sebulan? 5. Saya biasanya
main bulu tangkis tiga kali seminggu.
Mendatar: 1 kartu; 5 cewek; 6 ganti; 8 sekali; 10 memasang; 11 jumlah; 12 nyanyi. Menurun: 2 angka; 3
berpengalaman; 4 bersedia; 7 bercerita; 9 ngomong.
Lesson 75
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 6:
Latihan 7:
BCEFH.
1 Bapak; 2 Jalan; 3 tanggal; 4 Perseroan Terbatas; 5 sampai dengan; 6 Nusa tenggara Timur; 7 Nusa
Tenggara Barat.
1c; 2d; 3b; 4c; 5b; 6b; 7c.
asal―on condition that; kepala―head; bersedia―be willing to; terserah―up to [you];
iklan―advertisement; menerima―to accept; tertarik―interested; perhatian―attention;
perusahaan―company; tugas―duty, task; lupa―to forget; melalui―by, through; mengendarai―to drive;
wawancara―interview.
1. Saya ingin melamar pekerjaan di perusahaan Bapak. 2. Apakah Bapak lulus dengan nilai yang baik? 3.
Apakah Bapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas? 4. Tugas apa yang harus saya kerjakan? 5. Apakah Bapak
bersedia bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu? 6. Apakah Bapak pernah bekerja sebagai sopir?
Lesson 76
Latihan 2:
Latihan 3:
Latihan 4:
Latihan 5:
1 terlalu; 2 lebih; 3 kurang; 4 paling; 5 kalah; 6 cukup; 7 sama.
1g; 2f; 3i; 4h; 5j; 6b; 7d; 8a; 9c; 10e.
1 Ayah saya lebih kaya daripada kakak saya. 2 Film Spiderman sama bagusnya dengan film Superman. 3
Gedung apa yang paling tinggi di dunia? 4 Saya rasa kue ini cukup manis. 5 Baju Andita kurang keren
dibandingkan dengan baju Satika.
Mendatar: 1 penyakit; 7 tebal; 8 lebih; 10 cukup; 12 rajin; 14 praktis; 16 senang; 18 pandai; 19
dibandingkan. Menurun: 2 terlalu; 3 kekurangan; 4 kalah; 5 tinggi; 6 mengurus; 9 daripada; 11 paling; 13
keuangan; 15 kuda; 17 sama.